Canon MG2550S User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for MG2550S by Canon which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
MG2500 series
Online Manual
Read Me First
Useful Functions Available on the Machine
Overview of the Machine
Troubleshooting
Printing
Copying
Scanning
English
Contents
Read Me First. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
How to Use the Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Search Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Window Used in Operation Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Useful Functions Available on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Overview of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Safety Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Regulatory and Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Main Components and Basic Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
About the Power Supply of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Turning the Machine On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Loading Paper / Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Media Types You Can Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Media Types You Cannot Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Letter, Legal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Originals You Can Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Checking the Ink Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Performing Maintenance from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cleaning Inside the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Cleaning the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Cleaning the Protrusions inside the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Changing the Machine Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Managing the Machine Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Reducing the Machine Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Changing the Machine Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
About Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Turning on/off the Machine Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Useful Information about Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Key Points to Successful Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Canceling a Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Storing Printed Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Machine Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Problems with Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Problems with Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Print Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Cannot Print to End of Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Colors Are Unclear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Back of the Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Ink Is Not Ejected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear. . . . . . . 165
Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Slow Scanning Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Scanned Image Does Not Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Scan Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Item Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Software Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Problems with the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
The Machine Turns Off Unintendedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cannot Connect to Computer Properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Problems with Installation/Downloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Cannot Install the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
About Errors/Messages Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
If an Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
A Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Support Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5
In Other Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1403. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
1684. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
1687. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
1701. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
4102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
5400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
5B01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
6800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
6801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
6930. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6931. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6932. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6933. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
6936. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6937. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6938. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6940. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
6943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6944. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6945. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6946. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
B200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
B201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Printing from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Printing with Easy Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Fit-to-Page Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Tiling/Poster Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Booklet Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Stamp/Background Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Registering a Stamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Displaying the Print Results before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Printing with ICC Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Adjusting Intensity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Canon IJ Preview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Quick Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Main tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Page Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Maintenance tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Canon IJ Preview Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Updating the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Before Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Sharing the Printer on a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Settings on Print Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Settings on Client PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Restrictions on Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Scanning from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Scanning with IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Starting IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Scanning Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Scanning Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Scanning with Favorite Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Saving after Checking Scan Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
IJ Scan Utility Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Settings Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Data Format Settings Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Save Settings Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Scanning with Application Software that You are Using (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Scanning in Advanced Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . 510
Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.). 515
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Adjusting Brightness and Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Adjusting Histogram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Adjusting Tone Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Setting Threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Input Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Output Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Color Adjustment Buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Preferences Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Scanner Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Preview Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Scan Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Color Settings Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Useful Information on Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Data Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Color Matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Other Scanning Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Scanning with WIA Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Read Me First
Notes on Online Manual Usage
How to Print
Notes on Online Manual Usage
• Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in the Online Manual
(hereinafter referred to as "this guide"), in whole or in part, is prohibited.
• In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers.
In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons.
Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion
of information in this guide, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.
• Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care, please contact the service
center if you find any incorrect or missing information.
• In principle, the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale.
• This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon. See the manual supplied
with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide.
How to Print
Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide.
To set to print background colors and images, follow the steps below.
Note
• In Windows 8, print in the desktop version.
•In Internet Explorer 9 or 10
1. Select (Tools) > Print > Page setup....
2. Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox.
•In Internet Explorer 8
1. Press the Alt key to display the menus.
Alternatively, from Tools, select Toolbars > Menu Bar to display the menus.
2. Select Page Setup... from the File menu.
3. Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox.
•In Mozilla Firefox
1. Press the Alt key to display the menus.
Alternatively, click Firefox, then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the
menus.
2. Select Page Setup... from the File menu.
3. Select the Print Background (colors & images) checkbox in Format & Options.
11
How to Use the Online Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the
product, be sure to read these indications.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basic
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
Touch-enabled Device Users
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Android and Google Play are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Google Inc.
• Adobe, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other
countries.
• Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemühle FineArt GmbH.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• All other company names and products mentioned herein may be trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective companies.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
13
Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search).
You can search for target pages in this guide.
Entry example: "(your product's model name) load paper", "(your product's model name) 1000"
Search Tips
You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window.
Note
• The displayed screen may vary.
•Searching for Functions
You can find target pages easily by entering your product's model name and a keyword for the function
you want to learn about.
Example: When you want to learn how to load paper
Enter "(your product's model name) load paper" in the search window and perform a search
•Troubleshooting Errors
You can obtain more accurate search results by entering your product's model name and a support
code.
Example: When the following error screen appears
Enter "(your product's model name) 1000" in the search window and perform a search
14
Note
• The displayed screen varies depending on your product.
•Searching for Application Functions
You can find target pages easily by entering your application's name and a keyword for the function you
want to learn about.
Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden
Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search
•Searching for Reference Pages
You can search for reference pages described in this guide by entering your model name and a page
title.
You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.
Example: When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning
procedure page
Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Enter "(your product's model name) scan Color Settings Tab" in the search window and perform a
search
15
Window Used in Operation Explanation
In this guide, most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8
operating system (called Windows 8 below) is used.
16
Useful Functions Available on the Machine
The following useful functions are available on the machine.
Enjoy pleasant photography experience by utilizing various functions.
Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit
You can create items such as collages easily or download delightful
printing materials, and print them.
17
Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit
On the machine, the following useful functions are available from applications and the main unit.
•Print Photos Easily
•Download Content Materials
Print Photos Easily Using an Application
Organize Images Easily
In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos.
You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event,
and person. This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on.
<Calendar View>
<People View>
Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows
Based on the information registered to photos, Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your
computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards. The created items appear in
slide shows.
18
If there is an item you like, you can easily print it in just two steps.
1. In Image Display of Quick Menu, select the item you want to print.
2. Print the item with My Image Garden.
Place Photos Automatically
Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the
theme.
Other Various Functions
My Image Garden has many other useful functions.
Refer to "What You Can Do with My Image Garden" for details.
Download a Variety of Content Materials
CREATIVE PARK
A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free.
Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling
paper parts are provided.
It is easily accessible from Quick Menu.
CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM
A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive
printing materials.
PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden. Downloaded PREMIUM
Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden.
To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed
for all colors on a supported printer.
19
Note
• The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior
notice.
20
Overview of the Machine
Safety Guide
Safety Precautions
Regulatory and Safety Information
Main Components and Basic Operations
Main Components
About the Power Supply of the Machine
Loading Paper / Originals
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Checking the Ink Status
Maintenance
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Machine
Changing the Machine Settings
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer
Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Useful Information about Ink
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
Canceling a Print Job
Machine Handling Precautions
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images
Specifications
21
Safety Precautions
Choosing a location
• Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or
close to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the machine under the operating environment specified
in the Specification.
• Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall.
Power supply
• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the
power cord if necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use an extension lead/cord.
Working around the machine
• Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing.
• When moving the machine, carry the machine at both ends. In case the machine weighs more than
14 kg, it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine. Accidental dropping of the machine
causes injury. For the machine's weight, refer to the Specification.
• Do not place any object on the machine. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,
etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the machine.
• Do not transport or use the machine on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and
damage the machine.
Working around the machine (For the multifunction printer)
• When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The
Platen Glass may break and cause injury.
Print Heads/ink tanks and FINE Cartridges
• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink* is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out
mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.
* Clear Ink contains nitrate salts (For models containing Clear Ink).
• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with
skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.
• Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head, ink tanks, and FINE Cartridges.
23
Regulatory and Safety Information
For models containing lithium battery
• Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations.
• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10392
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
24
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Environmental Information
Reducing your environmental impact while saving money
Power Consumption and Activation Time
The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is
designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to
Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a time,
the device switches to its Power Save Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.
If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode,
please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of
time or not at all.
Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default.
Energy Star®
The Energy Star® programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of
energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.
Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star® programme for both environmental
benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star® logo accordingly.
Paper types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental
stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can
25
support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m2, lighter paper means less resources used and a
lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.
26
Front View
(1) document cover
Open to load an original on the platen glass.
(2) paper support
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
(3) paper guide
Slide to align with the left side of the paper stack.
(4) rear tray
Load various sizes or types of paper which you can use on the machine. Two or
more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time,
and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
(5) cover
Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine.
(6) paper output tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
(7) output tray extension
Extend to support ejected paper. Extend it when printing.
29
Rear View
(1) power cord connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
(2) USB port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer.
Important
Do not touch the metal casing.
Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning
originals with the computer.
31
Inside View
(1) FINE cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
(2) FINE cartridge holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE
cartridge should be installed into the right slot.
Note
For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.
Important
The area around the parts (A) may be splattered with ink. This does not affect the
performance of the machine.
Do not touch the parts (A). The machine may not print properly if you touch them.
32
Operation Panel
* All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the illustration below for explanatory
purposes.
(1) ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the
document cover is closed.
Turning the Machine On and Off
(2) ON lamp
Lights green after flashing when the power is turned on.
Note
ON and Alarm lamps
You can check the status of the machine by the ON and Alarm lamps.
– ON lamp is off: The power is off.
– ON lamp lights green: The machine is ready to print.
– ON lamp flashes green: The machine is getting ready to print, or printing is in
progress.
– Alarm lamp flashes orange: An error has occurred and the machine is not ready
to print.
"Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp" in If
an Error Occurs
– ON lamp flashes green and Alarm lamp flashes orange alternately: An error that
requires contacting the service center may have occurred.
"Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the ON
Lamp and the Alarm Lamp" in If an Error Occurs
(3) Alarm lamp
33
Lights or flashes orange when an error occurs, such as paper-out or ink-out. When
performing machine maintenance or machine settings, options can be selected
according to the number of flashes.
(4) ink lamps
Light or flash orange when ink runs out, etc.
The upper lamp indicates the black FINE cartridge status, the lower lamp the color
FINE cartridge status.
(5) Stop button
Cancels operations. You can press this button to cancel a print, copy, or scan job in
progress. Holding this button down lets you select maintenance options or machine
settings.
(6) Black button*
Starts black & white copying. You can also press this button to finalize your selection
for the setting item.
(7) Color button*
Starts color copying. You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the
setting item.
* In the software applications or manuals, the Color and Black buttons are collectively
called the "Start" or "OK" button.
34
Confirming that the Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit green when the machine is turned on.
Note
It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the
machine.
36
Turning the Machine On and Off
Turning on the machine
1. Press the ON button to turn on the machine.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit green.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the
machine.
If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes orange, see If an Error Occurs.
Auto power on feature
You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is
performed from a computer. This feature is set to off by default.
For details on how to change the auto power on setting, see below.
From the machine
Turning on/off the Machine Automatically
From the computer
Managing the Machine Power
Turning off the machine
1. Press the ON button to turn off the machine.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the machine is turned off.
37
Important
When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine, be sure to confirm
that the ON lamp is off.
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
Note
Auto power off feature
You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed
or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval. This is the default
setting.
For details on how to change the auto power off setting, see below.
From the machine
Turning on/off the Machine Automatically
From the computer
Managing the Machine Power
38
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not
have anything unusual described below.
The power plug/power cord is hot.
The power plug/power cord is rusty.
The power plug/power cord is bent.
The power plug/power cord is worn.
The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug
the power cord and call for service. Using the machine with one of the unusual
conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
39
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp
is off. Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying
or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.
1. Press the ON button to turn the machine off.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
40
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
Important
If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
to perform trial print, it can cause paper jams.
Note
We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use.
You can use general copy paper.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine, see Media Types You
Can Use.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the
edges may cause paper jams.
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite
direction until the paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see "Load the paper after correcting its
curl." in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched.
2. Load paper.
(1) Open the paper support.
(2) Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
43
(3) Slide the paper guide (A) to the left, and load the paper against the far
right of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
(4) Slide the paper guide (A) to align it with the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed
properly.
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (B). Loading paper in the landscape
orientation (C) can cause paper jams.
44
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (D).
Note
The machine may make operating noise when feeding paper.
After loading paper
Select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer
driver.
45
Loading Envelopes
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by
specifying with the printer driver properly.
Important
Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported.
Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the machine or cause the
machine to malfunction.
- Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
- Envelopes with a double flap
- Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the
opposite direction.
If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the
crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not
aligned. Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0.1 inches (3 mm).
2. Load envelopes.
46
(1) Open the paper support.
(2) Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
(3) Slide the paper guide (A) to the left, and load the envelopes against the
far right of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side.
Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once.
(4) Slide the paper guide (A) to align it with the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not
be fed properly.
(B) Rear side
(C) Address side
47
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark.
Note
The machine may make operating noise when feeding paper.
After loading envelopes
Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the
printer driver.
48
Media Types You Can Use
Use plain paper for printing texts or photo paper for printing photos, for the best print
results. We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos.
Media Types
Commercially available papers
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Envelopes
Canon genuine papers
The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets. Refer to the instruction
manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on
handling paper. For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper,
access our website.
Note
You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the
country or region of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase
paper by name.
Paper for printing photos:
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
*1 100% recycled paper can be used.
Paper Load Limit
Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Standard sizes:
Letter Legal
A5 A4
B5 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) Envelope DL
Envelope Com 10
49
Non-standard sizes:
You can print on non-standard size paper within the following ranges.
Minimum size: 4.00 x 6.00 inches (101.6 x 152.4 mm)
Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2) (except for Canon genuine paper)
Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the
machine.
Notes on Storing Paper
Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and
keep it on a level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
50
Paper Load Limit
Commercially Available Papers
Media Name Rear Tray Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 60 sheets
(10 sheets: Legal) Approx. 10 sheets
Envelopes 5 envelopes *1
Canon Genuine Papers
Note
We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray
before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration.
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-601>*2 20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>*2 20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>*2 10 sheets: 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
*1 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output
tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration.
*2 When loading paper in stacks, the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper
may not feed properly. In this case, load one sheet at a time.
51
Media Types You Cannot Use
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory
results, but also the machine to jam or malfunction.
Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
Damp paper
Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))
Paper that is too thick (weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine
paper)
Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small
size (when printing on paper smaller than A5)
Picture postcards
Postcards
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
Any type of paper with holes
Paper that is not rectangular
Paper bound with staples or glue
Paper with adhesives
Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
52
Printing Area
To ensure the best print quality, the machine allows a margin along each edge of media.
The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins.
Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area.
Printable area : The area where it is possible to print.
However, printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision.
54
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
Size Printable Area (width x height)
A5 5.56 x 7.49 inches (141.2 x 190.3 mm)
A4 8.00 x 10.92 inches (203.2 x 277.3 mm)
B5 6.90 x 9.34 inches (175.2 x 237.3 mm)
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.22 inches (94.8 x 132.7 mm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) 4.73 x 6.22 inches (120.2 x 158.1 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 1.24 inches (31.6 mm)
(B) 1.15 inches (29.2 mm)
Printable area
(C) 0.12 inches (3.0 mm)
(D) 0.66 inches (16.7 mm)
(E) 0.13 inches (3.4 mm)
(F) 0.13 inches (3.4 mm)
55
Letter, Legal
Size Printable Area (width x height)
Letter 8.00 x 10.22 inches (203.2 x 259.7 mm)
Legal 8.00 x 13.22 inches (203.2 x 335.9 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 1.24 inches (31.6 mm)
(B) 1.15 inches (29.2 mm)
Printable area
(C) 0.12 inches (3.0 mm)
(D) 0.66 inches (16.7 mm)
(E) 0.25 inches (6.4 mm)
(F) 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)
56
Envelopes
Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height)
Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.06 inches (98.8 x 179.5 mm)
Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 7.90 inches (93.5 x 200.8 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 0.31 inches (8.0 mm)
(B) 1.28 inches (32.5 mm)
(C) 0.22 inches (5.6 mm)
(D) 0.22 inches (5.6 mm)
57
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
You can load originals to copy or scan on the platen glass.
1. Load an original on the platen glass.
(1) Open the document cover.
Important
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when
the document cover is opened and cause the machine to malfunction.
(2) Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the
platen glass.
Originals You Can Load
Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark .
Important
Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.
- Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
- Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as
pressing down the original.
Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen
glass to break.
The machine cannot scan the shaded area (A) (0.04 inches (1 mm) from the edges
of the platen glass).
59
2. Close the document cover gently.
Important
After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover
before starting to copy or scan.
60
Originals You Can Load
The originals you can load on the platen glass are as follows.
Item Details
Types of originals
- Text document, magazine, or newspaper
- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc
(BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)
61
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash
orange to inform you of the error. Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action.
If an Error Occurs
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Watch the movie
Important
Handling FINE cartridge
Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge.
The machine may not print properly if you touch them.
If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the machine with
the FINE cartridge removed.
Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause
the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the machine will not be able to inform you
when to replace the FINE cartridge properly.
Once a FINE cartridge has been installed, do not remove it from the machine and leave
it out in the open. This will cause the FINE cartridge to dry out, and the machine may
not operate properly when it is reinstalled. To maintain optimal printing quality, use a
FINE cartridge within six months of first use.
Note
If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE
cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while. However the print quality may be
reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges. We recommend to use a new
FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Even when printing with one ink only, print with leaving the empty FINE cartridge
installed. If either of the color FINE cartridge or black FINE cartridge is not installed, an
error occurs and the machine cannot print.
63
For information on how to configure this setting, see Setting the Ink Cartridge to be
Used.
Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when
black-and-white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep
cleaning of the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the
machine. When ink runs out, replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Useful Information about Ink
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
3. Open the cover.
The FINE cartridge holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the
FINE cartridge holder until it stops completely.
Important
The inside of the machine may be stained with ink. Be careful not to stain your
hands or clothing when replacing the FINE cartridge. You can easily wipe off the ink
from the inside of the machine with tissue paper or the like.
Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine.
If the cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder may
move and the Alarm lamp light. In this case, close the cover, then open it again.
4. Remove the empty FINE cartridge.
(1) Push down the FINE cartridge until it clicks.
64
(2) Remove the FINE cartridge.
Important
Handle the FINE cartridge carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding
area.
Discard the empty FINE cartridge according to the local laws and regulations
regarding disposal of consumables.
5. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.
(1) Take a new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove the protective
tape (C) gently.
65
Important
If you shake a FINE cartridge, ink may spill out and stain your hands and the
surrounding area. Handle a FINE cartridge carefully.
Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed
protective tape.
Do not reattach the protective tape once you have removed it. Discard it according
to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The
machine may not print properly if you touch them.
6. Install the FINE cartridge.
(1) Insert the new FINE cartridge at a slant into the FINE cartridge holder.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE
cartridge should be installed into the right slot.
66
Important
Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on
the FINE cartridge holder.
(2) Push the FINE cartridge in and up firmly until it snaps into place.
67
Important
Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE
cartridge are installed. Be sure to install both cartridges.
7. Close the cover.
Note
If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes orange after the cover is closed, take appropriate
action.
If an Error Occurs
The machine may make noise during operation.
8. Adjust the print head position.
After replacing the FINE cartridge, perform the print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head.
Note
When print head alignment is performed, the machine starts cleaning the print head
automatically before printing the print head alignment sheet. Do not perform any
other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head.
68
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the
Operation Panel
Note
The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level. The
machine considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed, and then starts
to detect a remaining ink level. If you install a used FINE cartridge, the indicated ink
level of it may not be correct. In such case, refer to the ink level information only as a
guide.
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will
flash orange to inform you of the error. Count the number of flashes and take
appropriate action.
If an Error Occurs
In the copy standby mode, you can check the ink status with the Color Ink lamp and Black
Ink lamp.
* All the lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the illustration below for explanatory
purposes.
(A) Alarm lamp
(B) Black Ink lamp
(C) Color Ink lamp
Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp lights
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp flashes, while Alarm lamp flashes
An error has occurred.
If an Error Occurs
* For some types of errors, the Alarm lamp may not flash.
Note
You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
70
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred or colors are not printed correctly, the print head nozzle (FINE
cartridge) is probably clogged. Follow the procedure below to print the nozzle check pattern,
check the print head nozzle condition, then clean the print head.
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, aligning the
print head may improve print quality.
Important
Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.
Note
Before performing maintenance
Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel
Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes orange, see If an Error Occurs.
Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
74
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step 1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the machine
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check
Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern After cleaning the print head,
print and examine the nozzle
check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white
streaks in the pattern:
Step 2
Clean the print head.
From the machine
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your
Computer
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the
print head twice:
Step 3
Clean the print head deeply.
From the machine
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your
Computer
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power
and clean the print head deeply again after 24
hours.
If the problem is still not resolved:
75
Step 4
Replace a FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact the service
center.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines
Are Misaligned:
Align the print head.
From the machine
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer
76
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print
head nozzle.
Watch the movie
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly.
Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
3. Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
4. Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange once,
then release it immediately.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the printing of the
nozzle check pattern.
5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
77
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern (A) or horizontal white
streaks in the pattern (B).
(C) Number of sheets printed so far
If there are missing lines in the pattern (A):
Cleaning the print head is required.
Cleaning the Print Head
(D) Good
(E) Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern (B):
Cleaning the print head is required.
Cleaning the Print Head
(F) Good
(G) Bad (horizontal white streaks are present)
Note
The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the
printout of the nozzle check pattern.
78
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the
printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head
condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when
necessary.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange twice,
then release it immediately.
The machine starts cleaning the print head.
The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights green after flashing.
Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the
print head. This takes about 30 seconds.
3. Check the print head condition.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Note
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head
deeply.
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
79
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print
head deeply. Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning
of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange three
times, then release it immediately.
The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply.
The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights green after flashing.
Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of
the print head. This takes about 1 minute.
3. Check the print head condition.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after
24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, replace the FINE cartridge with a new one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact the service
center.
80
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the
print head position.
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed
correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including
recycled paper)*
* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
3. Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
4. Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange four
times, then release it immediately.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
81
Important
Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet.
Be careful not to get the print head alignment sheet dirty. If the sheet is stained
or wrinkled, it may not be scanned properly.
If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop
button, then redo this procedure from the beginning.
5. Scan the print head alignment sheet to adjust the print head position.
(1) Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN
and align the mark on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment
mark .
82
(2) Close the document cover gently, then press the Color button or the
Black button.
The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head
position will be adjusted automatically.
The print head position adjustment will be complete when the ON lamp lights green
after flashing.
Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Important
Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the
platen glass until adjusting the print head position is complete.
If adjusting the print head position has failed, the Alarm lamp flashes orange.
Press the Stop button to release the error, then take appropriate action.
If an Error Occurs
Note
If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as
described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
To print and check the current head position adjustment values, hold down the Stop
button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange six times, then release it immediately.
83
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning Inside the Machine
84
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform
print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is
enough ink.
The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows:
Cleaning
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which
cleaning is to be performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing
cleaning.
3. Execute cleaning
Make sure that the machine is on and then click Execute.
Print head cleaning starts.
4. Complete cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To
cancel the check process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once
more.
Important
Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply.
Consequently, perform cleaning only when necessary.
85
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning
attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep
cleaning is to be performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing
deep cleaning.
3. Execute deep cleaning
Make sure that the machine is on and then click Execute.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head deep cleaning starts.
4. Complete deep cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To
cancel the check process, click Cancel.
Important
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply.
Consequently, perform cleaning only when necessary.
Note
If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, switch off the machine, wait
24 hours, and then perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of
improvement, see "Ink Is Not Ejected."
Related Topic
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
86
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Cleans the paper feed rollers. Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles
sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly.
The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows:
Roller Cleaning
1. Prepare the machine
Remove all sheets of paper from the rear tray.
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
The confirmation message appears.
4. Execute paper feed roller cleaning
Make sure that the machine is on and then click OK.
Paper feed roller cleaning starts.
5. Complete paper feed roller cleaning
After the rollers have stopped, follow the instruction in the message, load one sheet
of plain paper into the rear tray, and click OK.
Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed.
87
Aligning the Print Head
When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position
are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved.
If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the
position of the print head.
On this machine, you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually.
88
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves
deviated colors and lines.
This machine supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual
head alignment.
The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
3. Switch head alignment to manual
Check the Align heads manually check box.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
5. Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab
The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
6. Load paper in the machine
Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
7. Execute head alignment
Make sure that the machine is on and click Align Print Head.
Follow the instruction in the message.
8. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least amount of streaks in the associated
boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least amount of streaks are clicked in the preview
window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
89
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least
noticeable vertical streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least
noticeable horizontal streaks.
(A) Least noticeable horizontal streaks
(B) Most noticeable horizontal streaks
9. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The second pattern is printed.
10. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least amount of streaks in the associated
boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least amount of streaks are clicked in the preview
window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
90
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least
noticeable vertical streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
11. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The third pattern is printed.
12. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the
associated boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the
preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
91
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least
noticeable horizontal stripes.
(A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes
(B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes
Note
To print and check the current setting, open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog
box, and click Print Alignment Value.
92
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from
Your Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves
deviated colors and lines.
This machine supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual
head alignment. Normally, the machine is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing
results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab
The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
3. Load paper in the machine
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
Note
The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head
alignment.
4. Print head alignment pattern printing
Make sure that the machine is on and click Align Print Head.
The adjustment pattern is printed.
Important
Do not open the cover while printing is in progress.
5. Adjustment pattern scanning
After the adjustment pattern is printed, a message is displayed.
As instructed in the message, load the adjustment pattern onto the platen, and press
the Start button on the machine.
Print head alignment starts.
93
Note
To print and check the current setting, open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog
box, and click Print Alignment Value.
94
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly
by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific
color fails to print.
The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows:
Nozzle Check
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing
the nozzle check pattern.
3. Load paper in the machine
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
4. Print a nozzle check pattern
Make sure that the machine is on and click Print Check Pattern.
Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The Pattern Check dialog box opens.
5. Check the print result
Check the print result. When the print result is normal, click Exit.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to
clean the print head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
95
Cleaning Inside the Machine
Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on
the back side of the paper.
Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print
data appear on the printed page.
The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows:
Bottom Plate Cleaning
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens.
3. Load paper in the machine
As instructed in the dialog box, fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half
horizontally, and then unfold the sheet.
Load the paper into the rear tray in the portrait orientation with the crest of the crease
facing down.
4. Perform the bottom plate cleaning
Make sure that the machine is on and then click Execute.
Bottom plate cleaning starts.
96
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine
Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on
the surface gently. Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug before cleaning the
machine.
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for
cleaning so as not to scratch the surface. Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth.
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical
cleaner to clean the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface
of the machine.
98
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug before cleaning the
machine.
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for
cleaning so as not to scratch the surface. Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth.
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical
cleaner to clean the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface
of the machine.
With a soft, clean, lint-free and dry cloth, wipe the platen glass (A) and the inner side of the
document cover (white sheet) (B) gently. Make sure not to leave any residue, especially on
the glass surface.
Important
The inner side of the document cover (white sheet) (B) is easily damaged, so wipe it
gently.
99
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
If the paper feed rollers are dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed
properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed rollers. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed rollers, so
perform this only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or
cleaning sheet available on the market
1. Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the
rear tray.
2. Clean the paper feed rollers without paper.
(1) Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange seven
times, then release it immediately.
The paper feed rollers will rotate as it is cleaned.
3. Clean the paper feed rollers with paper.
(1) Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating, load a
sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on
the market in the rear tray.
(2) Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
(3) Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange seven
times, then release it immediately.
The machine starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is
ejected.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed rollers (A) in the rear tray, turn
off the power, unplug the power cord, then wipe the paper feed rollers (the center roller and
the right roller) located inside the rear tray with a moistened cotton swab or the like while
rotating them manually. Do not touch the rollers with your fingers. Rotate the rollers two or
more times.
100
After cleaning the paper feed rollers, turn on the power, then clean the paper feed rollers
again.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed rollers, contact the service
center.
101
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate
Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty,
printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the
rear tray.
2. Prepare paper.
(1) Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise,
then unfold the paper.
(2) Load only this sheet of paper in the rear tray with the open side facing
you.
Load the paper (A) after unfolding it.
(3) Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
3. Clean the inside of the machine.
Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes orange eight times, then
release it immediately.
102
The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform
Bottom Plate Cleaning again.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the
machine may be stained. Clean them according to instructions.
Cleaning the Protrusions inside the Machine
Note
When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
103
Cleaning the Protrusions inside the Machine
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug before cleaning the
machine.
You need to prepare: cotton swab
If the protrusions inside the machine are stained, wipe off any ink from the protrusions using
a cotton swab or the like.
104
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed print driver settings for print data that is sent from an
application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut
off.
The procedure for changing the print options is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
Note
When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are
different.
107
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
108
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the
Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile
to be used and if necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Save...
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
109
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and
then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings
and return to the Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet,
click Options..., and check each item.
Note
When you install the printer driver again or upgrade the version of the printer driver,
the print settings you registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register
the print settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list
on the Quick Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
110
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed
cartridges according to an intended use.
When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a
new one, you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing.
The procedure for specifying the FINE cartridge is as follows:
Ink Cartridge Settings
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Ink Cartridge Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box appears.
3. Select the FINE cartridge to be used
Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK.
The specified FINE cartridge will be used from the next printing.
Important
When a setting other than Plain Paper or Envelope is selected for Media Type on the
Main tab, Black Only is disabled because the machine uses the color FINE cartridge to
print documents.
Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while
either FINE cartridge is detached.
111
Managing the Machine Power
This function allows you to manage the machine power from the printer driver.
The procedure for managing the machine power is as follows:
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the machine. When you use this function, you will not be
able to turn the machine on from the printer driver.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Execute power off
Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab. When the confirmation message appears,
click OK.
The machine power switches off, and the Maintenance tab is displayed again.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the machine when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the machine when there are no
operations from the printer driver or the machine for a specified period of time.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Make sure that the machine is on and then click Auto Power on the
Maintenance tab
The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the machine is off or if communication between the machine and the computer
is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect
the machine status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your
computer.
112
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Specifying Enable from the list will turn the machine on upon receipt of print data.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the
printer driver or the machine, the machine is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The Maintenance tab is displayed again.
The auto power on/off function is enabled hereafter. When you want to disable this
function, select Disable from the list according to the same procedure.
Note
When the machine is turned off, the status monitor message varies depending on the
Auto Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is
Disable, "Printer is offline" is displayed.
113
Reducing the Machine Noise
The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Select when
you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows:
Quiet Settings
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Quiet Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the machine is off or if communication between the machine and the computer
is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect
the machine status.
3. Set the quiet mode
If necessary, specify one of the following items:
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal operating
noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine during
a specified period of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If
both are set to the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine, the printer
driver, or ScanGear (scanner driver).
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you
114
perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and
scanning from the computer.
If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours, quiet mode
is not applied to operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the
machine.
4. Apply the settings
Make sure that the machine is on and click OK.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
Note
The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.
115
Changing the Machine Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of machine operation.
The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:
Custom Settings
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Make sure that the machine is on, and then click Custom Settings on
the Maintenance tab
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the machine is off or if communication between the machine and the computer
is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect
the machine status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your
computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results are unsatisfactory even after you execute automatic head
alignment, execute manual head alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box
to perform the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in
the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To
rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list.
Otherwise, characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
116
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the machine rest time until printing of the next page begins.
Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the
left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the
printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The machine operates with the modified settings hereafter.
117
About Quiet setting
Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at
night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 9 times.
3. Release the Stop button.
4. Press the Color button.
To disable the function, press the Black button in step 4.
Important
• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when the quiet mode is not selected.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine, the printer driver, or
ScanGear (scanner driver). No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied
when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning
from the computer.
119
Turning on/off the Machine Automatically
You can enable the machine to turn on/off automatically considering the environment
Turning on the Machine Automatically
Turning off the Machine Automatically
Turning on the Machine Automatically
You can enable the machine to turn on automatically when you perform printing or scanning operations
from the computer.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 14 times.
3. Release the Stop button.
4. Press the Color button.
To disable the function, press the Black button in step 4.
Note
• You can select whether you turn the machine on automatically from the operation panel of the
machine, the printer driver, or ScanGear (scanner driver). No matter how you use to set the quiet
mode, the mode is applied when you perform printing or scanning operations from the computer.
Turning off the Machine Automatically
You can enable the machine to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is
sent to the machine for a specified period of time.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 13 times.
3. Release the Stop button.
4. Press the Color button.
To disable the function, press the Black button in step 4.
Note
•You can select whether you turn off the machine automatically from the operation panel of the
machine, the printer driver, or ScanGear (scanner driver). From the printer driver or ScanGear
(scanner driver), you can specify the time before turning off the machine.
120
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Useful Information about Ink
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
Canceling a Print Job
Storing Printed Images
Machine Handling Precautions
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
121
Useful Information about Ink
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also
for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging.
In the cleaning procedure, ink is pumped out from the nozzles. Used ink for nozzle cleaning
is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing
paper or the settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in
black-and-white.
122
Key Points to Successful Printing
Check the machine status before printing!
Is the print head OK?
If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the
nozzle check pattern to check the print head.
Maintenance Procedure
Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink?
After printing large quantities of paper, the area where papers go through may get
smeared with ink. Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Check how to load the paper correctly!
Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation?
To load paper in the rear tray, load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING YOU.
Loading Paper
Is the paper curled?
The curled paper causes paper jam. Flatten the curled paper, then reload it.
"Load the paper after correcting its curl." in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
123
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper, printing results may not be
satisfactory. After loading paper, be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the
loaded paper.
Print Results Not Satisfactory
There are various types of paper: paper with special coating on the surface for printing
photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents.
Each media type has specific preset settings, such as how ink is used and sprayed,
distance from nozzles, etc., so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality.
This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by
selecting that media type.
124
Canceling a Print Job
Never press the ON button!
If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the
computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print.
Press the Stop button to cancel printing.
125
Storing Printed Images
Store printed images in albums, clear photo sleeves, or glass frames to protect them from
direct exposure to air.
Note
Storing printed images without sufficient drying may cause blurring or discoloration.
126
Machine Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the
document cover is opened and cause the machine to malfunction. Also, place the machine
where objects will not fall on it.
127
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying
or clogging. Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Never disconnect the power plug until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the machine caps the print head (nozzles)
automatically to prevent from drying. If you disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet
before the power is turned off (while the ON lamp is lit or flashing), the print head will not be
capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When disconnecting the power plug, make sure that the ON lamp is not lit.
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long
time, even if it is capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the machine
has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month.
Note
Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a
highlight pen or paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed
area.
128
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
When relocating the machine, make sure of the following.
Important
When sending the machine for repair
Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using
sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.
With the FINE cartridge left installed in the machine, press the ON button to turn off the
power. This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it
from drying.
After packing, do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside
down. Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the
machine.
When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine, have its box marked "THIS
SIDE UP" to keep the machine with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE"
or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplug the machine.
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
Important
Do not unplug the machine while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause
malfunction or damage to the machine, making the machine unable to print.
3. Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension, then close
the paper support.
4. Disconnect the printer cable from the computer and from the machine,
then disconnect the power plug from the machine.
129
5. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them
from opening during transportation. Then pack the machine in the plastic
bag.
6. Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine
in the box.
130
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of
Images
It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following
documents.
The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in
your jurisdiction.
Paper money
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Identifying badges or insignias
Selective service or draft papers
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
Traveler's checks
Food stamps
Passports
Immigration papers
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
Copyrighted works/works of art without permission of copyright owner
131
Specifications
General Specifications
Printing resolution (dpi)
4800* (horizontal) x 600 (vertical)
* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at
minimum.
Interface
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is
required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly
compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.
Print width 8 inches/203.2 mm
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain
temperature and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such
as photo paper, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied
instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): Approx. 9 W
Standby (minimum): Approx. 1.0 W *1*2
OFF: Approx. 0.4 W *1
*1 USB connection to PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions
Approx. 16.8 (W) x 12.1 (D) x 5.8 (H) inches
Approx. 426 (W) x 306 (D) x 145 (H) mm
* With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted.
Weight Approx. 7.6 lb (Approx. 3.5 kg)
* With the FINE Cartridges installed.
Canon FINE Cartridge Total 1280 nozzles (BK 320 nozzles, C/M/Y each 320 nozzles)
132
Copy Specifications
Multiple copy max. 21 pages
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Mac OS: ICA
Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm
Scanning resolution
Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 600 x 1200
dpi *1
Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2
*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate
based on ISO 14473.
*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum
possible scanning area.
Gradation (Input/Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System
Windows 8.1*, Windows 8
Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1
Windows Vista SP1, Windows Vista SP2
Windows XP SP3 32-bit only
* Windows 8.1 includes Windows 8.1 Update.
Hard Disk Space
3.1 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed
without notice.
Display XGA 1024 x 768
Mac OS
Operating System
OS X v10.6.8 - OS X v10.10
(MG2500S series/MG2522/MG2525: OS X v10.7.5 - OS X
v10.10)
Hard Disk Space 1.5 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
133
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed
without notice.
Display XGA 1024 x 768
Other Supported OS
Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the Canon web site for details
on operation with Windows RT.
An internet connection is required to use Easy-WebPrint EX and all the Online Manual.
Windows: Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8.1,
Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows XP pre-installed.
Windows: A CD-ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software
installation.
Windows: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 or 11 is required to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
Windows: .NET Framework 4 or 4.5 must be installed to use the Windows software.
Windows: XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP.
Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and
requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
Mac OS: For Mac OS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.
134
Troubleshooting
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Ink Is Not Ejected
Paper Jams
If an Error Occurs
Search Each Function
Problems with Printing
Problems with Printing Quality
Problems with Scanning
Problems with the Machine
Problems with Installation/Downloading
About Errors/Messages Displayed
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
135
Printing Does Not Start
Check1 Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in, then press the ON button
to turn the machine on.
While the ON lamp is flashing, the machine is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•When printing large data such as a photo or graphics, it may take longer to start printing. While the ON
lamp is flashing, the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine. Wait until printing starts.
Check2 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the
computer.
When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the followings:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the machine directly to the
computer, and try printing again. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Consult
the reseller of the relay device for details.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and try printing again.
Check3 If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs,
delete them.
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check4 Make sure that your machine's name is selected in the Print dialog box.
The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
Make sure that your machine's name is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•To make the machine the one selected by default, select Set as Default Printer.
Check5 Configure the printer port appropriately.
Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately.
1. Log on as a user account with administrator privilege.
2. Select items as shown below.
•In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound >
Devices and Printers.
• In Windows 7, select Devices and Printers from the Start menu.
•In Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers
and Faxes.
3. Open the properties of the printer driver for the machine.
•In Windows 8 or Windows 7, right-click the "Canon XXX Printer" icon (where "XXX" is your machine's
name), then select Printer properties.
• In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click the "Canon XXX Printer" icon (where "XXX" is your
machine's name), then select Properties.
137
4. Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings.
Make sure that a port named "USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) with "Canon XXX Printer" appearing in the
Printer column is selected for Print to the following port(s).
• If the setting is incorrect:
Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from our website.
•Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable and
the port named "USBnnn" is selected:
In Windows 8, select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not displayed
on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "My Printer".
Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set
the correct printer port, then select your machine's name.
In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start and select All programs, Canon Utilities,
Canon My Printer, Canon My Printer, then select Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-
screen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your machine's name.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from our
website.
Check6 Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in
the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
Check7 Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer.
138
Paper Jams
When paper is jammed, the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the
computer screen automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
Watch the movie
For details on how to remove the jammed paper, refer to Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed).
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a
Support Code.
Click Here to Search
139
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Check1 Make sure that paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2 Make sure of the following when you load paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of
paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce
the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•When you load the paper, load the paper with the print side facing UP. Align the paper stack against the
right side of the rear tray and slide the paper guide so that it just touches the left edge of the stack.
Loading Paper
Check3 Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled.
Media Types You Cannot Use
Check4 Make sure of the following when you load envelopes.
•When printing on envelopes, refer to Loading Paper, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5 Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the
loaded paper.
Check6 Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see Paper Jams to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the machine, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
140
Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
Check1 Is the paper loaded?
Make sure that paper is loaded.
If the machine has run out of paper, load paper.
Check2 Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations?
As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the machine and the computer to process, the
machine may appear to have stopped operating.
In addition, when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper, the machine may
pause temporarily. In either case, wait until the process is complete.
Note
• If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document, printing
may pause to allow the ink to dry.
Check3 Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period?
If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head or other parts around it may
overheat. The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing.
In this case, wait for a while without operation. If the printing still does not resume, interrupt your print session at
a convenient time and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes.
Caution
•The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine. Never touch the
print head or nearby components.
Check4 If copying stops before it is completed, try to copy again.
If a certain time passes after some errors occurred while copying, the machine stops the operation.
142
Print Results Not Satisfactory
If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, confirm the
paper and print quality settings first.
Check1 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded
paper?
When these settings are incorrect, you cannot obtain a proper print result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
Confirm the page size and media type settings using the printer driver.
Printing with Easy Setup
Check2 Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected using the printer driver.
Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
You can confirm the print quality setting using the printer driver.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Check3 If the problem is not resolved, there may be other causes.
See also the sections below:
Cannot Print to End of Job
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks
Colors Are Unclear
Lines Are Misaligned
Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Back of the Paper Is Smudged
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked
If the Printed Paper Has Been Discolored
Colors may fade with time if the printed paper is left for a long period of time.
After printing, dry the paper sufficiently, avoid high temperatures, high humidity, and direct sunlight, and
store or display indoors at room temperature and normal humidity.
To avoid direct exposure to air, it is recommended that you store the paper in an album, plastic folder,
photo frame, etc.
144
Cannot Print to End of Job
Check1 Select the setting not to compress the printing data.
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application
software to compress print data check box, then click OK.
* Deselect the check box after printing is complete.
Check2 Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in
the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
Check3 Is the space of your computer's hard disk sufficient?
Delete unnecessary files to free disk space.
145
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White
Streaks
No Printing Results
Printing Is Blurred
Colors Are Wrong
White Streaks
Watch the movie
146
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance
operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check3 When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
Check4 When using paper with one printable surface, make sure that the paper is
loaded with the printable side facing up.
Load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
Check5 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray, open the cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6 Is the platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
147
Check7 Make sure that the original is properly loaded on the platen glass.
Loading Originals
Check8 Is the original loaded with the side to be copied facing down on the platen
glass?
Check9 Did you copy a printout done by this machine?
If you use a printout done by this machine as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the
condition of the original.
Reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
148
Colors Are Unclear
Watch the movie
Check1 Is the Nozzle Check Pattern printed properly?
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
•If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check2 When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
Check3 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray, open the cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Note
• Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce
colors. Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the
screen. Therefore, colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen.
149
Lines Are Misaligned
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 Perform Print Head Alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment, perform Print Head Alignment
manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer.
Check3 Increase the print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the print result.
150
Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Check1 Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used, thin lines may not be printed. Try
thickening the lines in the document.
Check2 Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in
the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
151
Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Check1 Select the setting not to compress the printing data.
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application
software to compress print data check box, then click OK.
* Deselect the check box after printing is complete.
Check2 Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in
the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
152
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Curls
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver.
Adjusting Intensity
Check3 Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs?
When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color, we recommend
using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper.
Media Types You Can Use
153
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 Is the appropriate type of paper used? Check the followings:
Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose.
Media Types You Can Use
Check3 Load the paper after correcting its curl.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface.
•For Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl. In this case, load the
paper with the other side facing up. It may resolve the problem.
•For Other Paper
If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may be
smudged or may not be fed properly. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to correct the
paper curl.
1. Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below.
154
2. Check that the paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
•Depending on the media type, the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not
curled inward. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0.1
inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.
(C) Printing side
We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4 If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
1. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2. On the Main sheet, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and then click Set....
3. Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity.
Check5 Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area?
If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper, the lower edge of the paper
may become stained with ink.
Resize your original document in your application software.
Printing Area
Check6 Is the platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Check7 Is the paper feed roller dirty?
Clean the paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
155
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary.
Check8 Is the inside of the machine dirty?
When performing duplex printing, the inside of the machine may become stained with ink, causing the printout to
become smudged.
Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent the inside of the machine from stains, set the paper size correctly.
Check9 Set the time to dry the printed surface longer.
Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
3. Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings.
4. Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time, and then click OK.
5. Confirm the message and click OK.
156
Back of the Paper Is Smudged
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•When performing duplex printing or too much printing, the inside may become stained with ink.
157
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked
Colors Are Uneven
Colors Are Streaked
Watch the movie
Check1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2 Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance
operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
158
Ink Is Not Ejected
Check1 When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
Check2 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray, open the cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check3 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
•If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
160
Problems with Scanning
Scanner Does Not Work
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear
Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan
Slow Scanning Speed
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning
Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows
Scanned Image Does Not Open
162
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1: Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2: Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
Check 3: If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it
from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the
computer.
Check 4: Restart the computer.
163
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1: Make sure that MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.
Check 2: Select your scanner or printer on the application's
menu.
Important
If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not
include WIA.
Note
The operation may differ depending on the application.
Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3: Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4: Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open
the files in your application.
164
Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner
Driver) Screen Does Not Appear
Check 1: Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2: Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the
USB cable and replug the power cord.
Check 3: Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
Check 4: If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it
from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the
computer.
Check 5: Make sure that MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.
Check 6: Select your scanner or printer on the application's
menu.
Note
The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 7: Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 8: Exit ScanGear if it is running on another application.
165
Slow Scanning Speed
Check 1: To view the image on a monitor, set the output
resolution to around 150 dpi. To print, set it to around 300 dpi.
Resolution
Check 2: Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None.
Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Check 3: In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text
document / Detect the orientation of text document and rotate
image checkbox and scan again.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
168
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning
Check 1: Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in
ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again.
Refer to "Output Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Check 2: Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard
disk space, then scan again.
Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save, when
the image size is too large (such as when scanning a large item at high resolution).
Check 3: In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility,
specify a folder on a drive with sufficient free space.
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box
Check 4: Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports.
Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer.
170
Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows
Check: Disconnect the USB cable, then uninstall (delete) and
reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility.
•Step 1: Uninstall MP Drivers.
Refer to "Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers" for your model from Home of the
Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers.
•Step 2: Uninstall IJ Scan Utility.
•Windows 8:
1. Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Programs > Uninstall a
program.
2. Double-click Canon IJ Scan Utility.
3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes.
4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.
IJ Scan Utility is deleted.
Note
In Windows 8, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when
installing, uninstalling, or starting up software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform
a task.
If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen
instructions.
•Windows 7 / Windows Vista:
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Programs > Uninstall a
program.
2. Double-click Canon IJ Scan Utility.
3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes.
4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.
IJ Scan Utility is deleted.
171
Note
In Windows 7 and Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may
appear when installing, uninstalling, or starting up software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform
a task.
If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen
instructions.
•Windows XP:
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
2. Select Canon IJ Scan Utility, then click Change/Remove.
3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes.
4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.
IJ Scan Utility is deleted.
•Step 3: Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility.
Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.
172
Scanned Image Does Not Open
Check: If the data format is not supported by the application,
scan the image again and select a popular data format such as
JPEG when saving it.
Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the
manufacturer of the application.
173
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor
Check 1: Increase the scanning resolution if the image is
jagged.
Resolution
Check 2: Set the display size to 100 %.
Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small.
Check 3: If moire (stripe pattern) appears, take the following
measures and scan again.
• Set one of the following settings in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, Settings
(Custom Scan) dialog box, or Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box of IJ Scan Utility,
then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
- Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color
- Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box
• On the Basic Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver), select Magazine (Color) in
Select Source.
Refer to "Basic Mode Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
• On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Descreen in Image Settings to ON.
Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Note
If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo, take the above measures and
scan again.
Check 4: Check the monitor's color depth.
Refer to Help of Windows or the monitor's manual for details on how to check the monitor's
color depth.
Check 5: Clean the platen and document cover.
Check 6: If the document is in poor condition (dirty, faded, etc.),
use Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, Grain
175
Correction, etc. in Image Settings on the Advanced Mode tab of
ScanGear.
Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Check 7: If the color tone of images is different from the original
document, take the following measures and scan again.
• On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to
None.
Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
• On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear, set Color
Matching.
Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for
details.
176
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas
Check: Specify the scan area.
Click (Auto Crop) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) to automatically
display the cropping frame (scan area) according to the item size.
You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white
margins along the item (for example, in photos), or when you want to create custom
cropping frames.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
177
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer
Monitor
Check 1: Change the display setting in the application.
Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the
manufacturer of the application.
Note
You cannot reduce the image size in Paint. To reduce the display size, open the
images in an application.
Check 2: Change the resolution setting in ScanGear (scanner
driver) and scan again.
The higher the resolution, the larger the resulting image will be.
Resolution
180
The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in
the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client
Check: Check that the e-mail client's MAPI is enabled.
Refer to the e-mail client's manual for how to set MAPI.
If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled, select None (Attach Manually) in
the screen for selecting an e-mail client, then manually attach the image to the outgoing e-
mail.
182
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On
Check1 Press the ON button.
Check2 Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord
connector of the machine, then turn it back on.
Check3 Unplug the machine from the power supply, then plug the machine back in and
turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
184
The Machine Turns Off Unintendedly
Check Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically.
The machine turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn
the unit off automatically.
If you do not want the machine to turn off automatically, open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power
under the Maintenance sheet, select Disable for Auto Power Off.
Note
• You can activate the setting to turn the machine on/off automatically from the operation panel of the
machine or ScanGear (scanner driver).
•From the operation panel of the machine:
Turning on/off the Machine Automatically
•From ScanGear (scanner driver):
Scanner Tab
185
Cannot Connect to Computer Properly
Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not
Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Is Displayed
If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi-Speed USB, the machine will operate at a lower
speed provided under USB 1.1. In this case, the machine operates properly but printing or scanning
speed may slow down due to communication speed.
Check Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi-
Speed USB connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the cable is no longer than around
10 feet / 3 meters.
•Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Obtain and install the latest update for your computer.
•Does the Hi-Speed USB driver operate properly?
Obtain the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on
your computer.
Important
•For details on Hi-Speed USB of your system environment, contact the manufacturer of your computer,
USB cable, or USB hub.
186
FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing
Check1 Is the ON lamp off?
Check if the ON lamp is lit.
The FINE cartridge holder will not move unless the power is on. If the ON lamp is off, close the cover and turn
the machine on.
Check2 Is the Alarm lamp flashing?
Close the cover, confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing, take the appropriate action to resolve
the error, and then reopen it. For details on how to resolve the error, see Support Code List.
Check3 Has the cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer?
If the cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder moves to the position to protect it to
prevent the print head from drying out. Close and reopen the cover to return the FINE cartridge holder to the
position for replacing.
Check4 Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period?
If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time, the FINE cartridge holder may not move to the
position for replacing since the print head may overheat.
Note
• Do not open the cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, an error occurs.
187
Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed
Check1 Is the printer status monitor enabled?
Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor.
1. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2. On the Maintenance sheet, click View Printer Status.
3. Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected.
188
Cannot Install the MP Drivers
•If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD-ROM is inserted into your computer's
disc drive:
Start the installation following the procedure below.
1. Select items as shown below.
◦ In Windows 8, select the Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, then select Computer from
the list on the left.
◦ In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start then Computer.
◦ In Windows XP, click Start then My Computer.
2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon on the displayed window.
If the contents of the CD-ROM are displayed, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.
If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from our website.
Note
• If the CD-ROM icon is not displayed, try the following:
• Remove the CD-ROM from your computer, then insert it again.
• Restart your computer.
If the icon is not yet displayed, try different discs and see if they are displayed. If other discs are
displayed, there is a problem with the Setup CD-ROM. In this case, contact the service center.
•If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen:
190
Note
•The printer is not detected. Check the connection. may be displayed depending on the
computer you use.
Check1 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the
computer.
Check2 Follow the procedure below to connect the machine and the computer
again.
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Unplug the USB cable from the machine and the computer, then connect it again.
3. Turn the machine on.
Check3 If you cannot resolve the problem, follow the procedure below to reinstall the
MP Drivers.
1. Click Cancel.
2. Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen.
3. Click Exit on the "PIXMA XXX" screen (where "XXX" is your machine's name), then remove the CD-
ROM.
4. Turn the machine off.
5. Restart the computer.
6. Make sure that you have no application software running.
7. Insert the CD-ROM again, then install the MP Drivers.
•In other cases:
Reinstall the MP Drivers.
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the MP Drivers.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
If you reinstall the MP Drivers, install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from our
website.
Note
• If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error, the system may be in an
unstable condition and you may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer before
reinstalling.
191
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu
Does Not Appear
If Easy-WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer, confirm the
following.
Check1 Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on the Toolbars menu in the Internet
Explorer's View menu?
If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the
latest Easy-WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website.
Note
• If Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer, a message asking you to install it may be displayed
on the notification area on the desktop. Click the message, then follow the instructions on the computer
screen to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
•While the installation or download Easy-WebPrint EX is in progress, it is necessary to access the Internet.
Check2 Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu in the Internet
Explorer's View menu?
If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not selected, Easy-WebPrint EX is disabled. Select Canon Easy-WebPrint EX
to enable it.
192
If an Error Occurs
When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed, a troubleshooting
message is displayed automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a Support Code (error number) is displayed on
the computer screen. For some errors, the ON lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately. Check the
status of the lamps and the message, then take the appropriate action to resolve the error.
Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp
Example of 2 times flashing:
(A) Flashes
(B) Goes off
Number of flashes Cause Support Code
2 flashes There is no paper in the rear tray. 1000
3 flashes The cover is opened while printing is in progress. 1203
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot. 1300
4 flashes The FINE cartridge is not installed properly. 1687
5 flashes The FINE cartridge is not installed. 1401
Appropriate FINE cartridge is not installed. 1403, 1485
8 flashes The ink absorber is almost full. 1700, 1701
9 flashes The protective material for the FINE cartridge holder or the tape may remain
attached to the holder.
1890
11 flashes Paper type and paper size settings are incorrect. 4102
12 flashes You cannot print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM. 4100
13 flashes The ink may have run out. 1686
14 flashes The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. 1684
15 flashes The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. 1682
16 flashes The ink has run out. 1688
194
Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the ON
Lamp and the Alarm Lamp
Example of 2 times flashing:
(A) Flashes
(B) Goes off
Number of flashes Cause Support Code
2 flashes Printer error has occurred. 5100
7 flashes Printer error has occurred. 5B00, 5B01
10 flashes An error requiring you to contact the
service center has occurred.
B200, B201
Other cases than above Printer error has occurred. 5011, 5012, 5200, 5400, 6000, 6800, 6801,
6930, 6931, 6932, 6933, 6936, 6937, 6938,
6940, 6941, 6942, 6943, 6944, 6945, 6946
•When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen:
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a
Support Code.
Click Here to Search
195
A Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the errors or messages.
Note
• A Support Code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some error or message. For details on
errors with Support Codes, refer to Support Code List.
Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error
Other Error Messages
The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed
Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
The power cord may have been unplugged while the machine was still on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer, then click OK.
The machine starts printing.
See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error
Check1 If the ON lamp is off, make sure that the power plug is plugged in, then turn
the machine on.
While the ON lamp is flashing, the machine is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2 Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer driver.
* In the following instructions, "XXX" signifies your machine's name.
1. Log on as a user account with administrator privilege.
2. Select items as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound
> Devices and Printers.
•In Windows 7, select Devices and Printers from the Start menu.
• In Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers
and Faxes.
3. Open the properties of printer driver for the machine.
• In Windows 8 or Windows 7, right-click the "Canon XXX Printer" icon (where "XXX" is your
machine's name), then select Printer properties.
•In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click the "Canon XXX Printer" icon (where "XXX" is your
machine's name), then select Properties.
4. Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings.
Make sure that a port named "USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) with "Canon XXX Printer" appearing in
the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port(s).
197
• If the setting is incorrect:
Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from our website.
• Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable
and the port named "USBnnn" is selected:
In Windows 8, select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "My Printer".
Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to
set the correct printer port, then select your machine's name.
In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start and select All programs, Canon
Utilities, Canon My Printer, Canon My Printer, then select Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow
the on-screen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your machine's name.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from
our website.
Check3 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the
computer.
When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the followings:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the machine directly to the
computer, and try printing again. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Consult the reseller of the relay device for details.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and try printing again.
Check4 Make sure that the MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers, then
reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or reinstall them from our website.
Check5 Check the status of the device on your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device.
1. Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below.
If the User Account Control screen is displayed, follow the on-screen instructions.
•In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound
> Device Manager.
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Control Panel, Hardware and Sound, then Device Manager.
•In Windows XP, click Control Panel, Performance and Maintenance, System, then click Device
Manager on the Hardware sheet.
2. Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support.
If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure that the machine is correctly
connected to the computer.
Check3 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer.
3. Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device.
If a device error is displayed, refer to Windows help to resolve the error.
198
Other Error Messages
Check If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor, check the
following:
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Quit other running application softwares to increase available memory.
If you cannot print yet, restart your computer and retry printing.
•"Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers, then
reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or reinstall them from our website.
•"Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is
Displayed
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a confirmation screen asking for
permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month
for about ten years.
Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below.
•If you agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Agree, then follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information will be sent via the
Internet. If you have followed the on-screen instructions, the information will be sent automatically
from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again.
199
Note
• When the information is being sent, a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be
displayed. In this case, confirm that the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe", then allow it.
• If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not
be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at
the time of the next survey. To send the information automatically, see Changing the confirmation
screen setting:.
•If you do not agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen will be closed, and the survey at that time is skipped.
The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later.
•To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, click Uninstall, then follow the
on-screen instructions.
•Changing the confirmation screen setting:
1. Select items as shown below.
◦ In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Programs >
Programs and Features.
◦ In Windows 7, or Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Programs >
Programs and Features.
◦ In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
Note
• In Windows 8, Windows 7 or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear
when installing, uninstalling or starting up software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
3. Select Change.
If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will
be displayed at the time of the next survey.
If you select No, the information will be sent automatically.
Note
• If you select Uninstall (or Remove in Windows XP), the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax
Extended Survey Program is uninstalled. Follow the on-screen instructions.
200
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter, please contact the seller of
the machine or the service center.
Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.
Caution
• If the machine emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the power cord
from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center. Never attempt to repair or disassemble the
machine yourself.
• Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of
whether the warranty has expired.
Before contacting the service center, confirm the following:
• Product name:
* Your machine's name is located on the front cover of the setup manual.
• Serial number: please refer to the setup manual
• Details of the problem
• What you tried to solve the problem, and what happened
201
Support Code List
The support code appears on the computer screen when an error occurs.
"Support Code" means the error number and appears with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate
action.
Support Code Appears on the Computer Screen
•1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1200 1203 1300 1401 1403
1485 1682 1684 1686 1687 1688
1700 1701 1890
•2000 to 2ZZZ
2900 2901
•4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4102
•5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5100 5200 5400 5B00
5B01
•6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6800 6801 6930 6931 6932
6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941
6942 6943 6944 6945 6946
•A000 to ZZZZ
B200 B201
About the support code for paper jam, you can also refer to Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed).
202
Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed)
If the paper is jammed, remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case.
Watch the movie (Windows)
Watch the movie (Mac)
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
1300
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the rear tray:
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
• Cases other than above:
In Other Cases
203
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray.
Action
Remove the jammed paper following the procedure below.
Watch the movie (Windows)
Watch the movie (Mac)
Note
• If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing, press the Stop button to
cancel print jobs before turning off the machine.
1. Pull the paper out slowly, either from the rear tray or from the paper output slot, whichever
is easier.
Hold the paper with your hands, then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it.
Note
•If you cannot pull the paper out, turn the machine off and turn it back on. The paper may be
ejected automatically.
•If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the machine.
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
2. Reload the paper, and press the machine's Black or Color button.
If you turned off the machine in step 1, all print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
•When reloading the paper, confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are
loading it correctly.
•We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or
graphics; otherwise, the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams.
204
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine, or if the paper jam error
continues after removing the paper, contact the service center.
205
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the
rear tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine, remove the paper following the procedure
below.
Watch the movie (Windows)
Watch the movie (Mac)
Note
• If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing, press the Stop button to
cancel print jobs before turning off the machine.
1. Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
2. Retract the paper output tray, then open the cover.
Important
• Do not touch the clear film (A).
If the paper or your hands touch the clear film and blot or scratch it, the machine can be damaged.
3. Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the FINE cartridge holder.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the right edge
or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper.
When you move the FINE cartridge holder, hold the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the right
edge or the left edge.
206
4. Hold the jammed paper with your hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out.
5. Pull the paper slowly not to tear it, then pull the paper out.
6. Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed.
If the paper is torn, a piece of paper may remain inside the machine. Check the following and remove the
piece of paper if it remains.
•Does the piece of paper remain under the FINE cartridge holder?
•Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine?
•Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space (B) inside the machine?
207
7. Close the cover.
All print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
•When reloading the paper, confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it
correctly. If the message about paper jam is displayed on the computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, a piece of paper may remain inside the machine. In
this case, confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the machine.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine, or if the paper jam error continues
after removing the paper, contact the service center.
208
In Other Cases
Make sure of the following:
Check1 Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot?
Check2 Are there any foreign objects in the rear tray?
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the machine, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Check3 Is the paper curled?
Load the paper after correcting its curl.
209
1000
Cause
There is no paper in the rear tray.
Action
Reload the paper on the rear tray and press the machine's Black or Color button.
210
1200
Cause
The cover is open.
Action
Close the cover and wait for a while.
Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge.
211
1203
Cause
The cover is opened while printing is in progress.
Action
If paper is left inside the machine, remove the paper slowly with both hands and close the cover.
Press the machine's Black or Color button to dismiss the error.
The machine ejects the blank paper and resumes printing from the next paper.
The machine will not reprint the page that was printed when the cover is opened. Try printing again.
Important
• Do not open or close the cover while printing is in progress, as this can damage the machine.
212
1401
Cause
The FINE cartridge is not installed.
Action
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
213
1403
Cause
Appropriate FINE cartridge is not installed.
Action
Install the appropriate FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
214
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
Action
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
215
1682
Cause
The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
Action
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
216
1684
Cause
The ink cartridge cannot be recognized.
Action
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be
compatible with this machine.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
217
1686
Cause
The ink may have run out.
Action
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly
detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the machine's Stop button for at least 5
seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of
printing under the ink out condition.
218
1687
Cause
The FINE cartridge is not installed properly.
Action
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray, open the cover, then remove the FINE
cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
After installing, close the cover.
219
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
Action
Replace the ink cartridge and close the cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the machine's Stop button for at least 5
seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not
satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
220
1700
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
221
1701
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
222
1890
Cause
The protective material for the FINE Cartridge holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder.
Action
Make sure that the protective material or the tape does not remain attached to the FINE cartridge holder.
If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached, retract the output tray extension and the
paper output tray to remove the protective material or the tape.
Pull down the tape to remove the protective material.
If the cover is open, close it.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
223
2900
Cause
Scanning the print head alignment sheet has failed.
Action
Press the machine's Black or Color button to dismiss the error. Check the following points, perform
Automatic Print Head Alignment again.
• Make sure that the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the
platen glass.
• Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Make sure the type and size of loaded paper is suitable for Automatic Print Head Alignment.
For Automatic Print Head Alignment, always load one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
• Make sure if print head nozzles are clogged.
Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head.
If the error is not resolved, perform Manual Print Head Alignment.
224
2901
Cause
Printing of the print head alignment pattern is complete and the machine is in waiting for scanning the
sheet.
Action
Proceed to scan the printed alignment pattern.
1. Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet with the printed side facing down and align the mark on the
upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .
2. Close the document cover gently, then press the machine's Black or Color button.
The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be
adjusted automatically.
225
4100
Cause
The specified data cannot be printed.
Action
When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM, confirm the message on the computer
screen, make sure that genuine Canon FINE cartridges are all installed properly, then start printing again.
226
4102
Cause
The media type and paper size are not set correctly.
Action
Press the machine's Stop button, to cancel printing, change the media type or paper size setting, then
print again.
• When the media type is set to Photo Paper Plus Glossy II:
Set the paper size to 4"x6" 10x15cm (Windows)/4 x 6 (Mac), or 5"x7" 13x18cm (Windows)/5 x 7
(Mac).
• When the media type is set to Glossy Photo Paper:
Set the paper size to 4"x6" 10x15cm (Windows)/4 x 6 (Mac).
• When the media type is set to Envelope:
Set the paper size to Envelope Com 10 (Windows)/Envelope #10 (Mac) or Envelope DL (Windows/
Mac).
227
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
228
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
229
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Cancel printing, turn off the machine. Then clear the jammed paper or protective material that is
preventing the FINE cartridge holder from moving, and turn on the machine again.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the FINE cartridge holder
from moving, be careful not to touch the components inside the machine. The machine may not print
out properly if you touch it.
230
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
231
5400
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
232
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
233
5B01
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
234
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
235
6800
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
236
6801
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
237
6930
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
238
6931
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
239
6932
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
240
6933
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
241
6936
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
242
6937
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
243
6938
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
244
6940
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
245
6941
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
246
6942
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
247
6943
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
248
6944
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
249
6945
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
250
6946
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
251
B200
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
252
B201
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
253
Printing with Easy Setup
This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can
carry out appropriate printing on this machine.
1. Check that the machine is turned on
2. Load paper on the machine
3. Open the printer driver setup window
4. Select a frequently used profile
In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select a printing profile suited
for the purpose.
When you select a printing profile, the Additional Features, Media Type, and
Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were
preset.
5. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High, Standard, or Draft according to your purpose.
257
Important
The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing
profile.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your
purpose.
258
Important
When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings
specified on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print
with the same settings from the next time as well.
In the Commonly Used Settings window, click Save... to register the specified
settings.
259
Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver
When you use this machine, selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this machine.
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper
Envelopes Envelope
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-501/GP-601> Glossy Photo Paper
260
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Setting the Stapling Margin
Fit-to-Page Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Booklet Printing
Duplex Printing
Stamp/Background Printing
Registering a Stamp
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History
261
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software.
When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup
tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on
the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for
selecting a page size and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check
box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and
the orientation.
262
Note
If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large
document that the printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the Automatically reduce large document that the printer
cannot output check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
263
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last
page in order, and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document
and want to print out all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when
you want to print all pages with the same page number together.
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
264
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the
specified printing order.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same
function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not
acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify
the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this
printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the
specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is
selected for Page Layout.
When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate
appear grayed out and cannot be set.
When Duplex Printing (Manual) is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed
out and cannot be set.
Note
By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that
papers are collated one by one starting from the last page.
265
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled,
Page Layout, and Duplex Printing (Manual).
266
Setting the Stapling Margin
The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the side to be stapled
Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically
selects the best staple position. When you want to change the setting, select from the
list.
3. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
267
Note
The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple
position margin.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin
width.
Important
Stapling Side and Specify Margin... appear grayed out and are unavailable when:
•Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout
•Scaled is selected for Page Layout (When Duplex Printing (Manual) is also
selected, only Stapling Side can be specified.)
268
Fit-to-Page Printing
The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the
page size to be used is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set fit-to-page printing
Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the machine from the Printer Paper Size list.
When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be
269
reduced. When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size, the page image
will be enlarged.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the
printer driver.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page
size.
270
Scaled Printing
The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
• Select a Printer Paper Size
271
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be
reduced. When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page
image will be enlarged.
• Specify a scaling factor
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the
printer driver.
5. Complete the setup
272
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled
printing function, configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to
configure the same setting in the printer driver.
Note
Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
273
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single
sheet of paper.
The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the
printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the machine from the Printer Paper Size list.
Setting the layout of two pages of the document from left to right is complete.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
274
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout
Printing dialog box, and click OK.
Pages
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the
number of pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each
sheet of paper in the specified order.
275
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several
pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages
together to create a large print like a poster.
The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows:
Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set tiling/poster printing
Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the
printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
276
Select the size of the paper loaded in the machine from the Printer Paper Size list.
This completes the setup for dividing the document into 2 and performing tiling/poster
printing.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster
Printing dialog box, and then click OK.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions
increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages
together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allow you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating
environments are used.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to
print. To specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with
commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings
preview.
277
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document will be divided into several pages during
printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by
following the procedure below:
1. Set the print range
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not
need to be printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are
displayed.
Note
Click the deleted pages to display them again.
Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2. Complete the setup
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed.
278
Important
Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results
may become coarse.
279
Booklet Printing
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both
sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in
page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set booklet printing
Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the
window.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the machine from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the margin for stapling and the margin width
280
Click Specify... and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box,
and then click OK.
Margin for stapling
Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed.
Insert blank page
To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be
left blank.
Margin
Enter the margin width. The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the
margin width for one page.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check the check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of
paper. When the printing of one side is complete, set the paper correctly by following
the message and click OK.
When the printing of the other side is complete, fold the paper at the center of the
margin and make a booklet.
Important
Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for
Media Type on the Main tab.
Note
The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the
Insert blank page function of booklet printing.
281
Duplex Printing
The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows:
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing (Manual) check box on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout
list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page
Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5. Set the margin width
282
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper.
After one side is printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.
Important
When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main
tab, Duplex Printing (Manual) appears grayed out and is unavailable.
When Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex
Printing (Manual) and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Note
If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform
Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab.
Related Topics
Cleaning Inside the Machine
Changing the Machine Operation Mode
283
Stamp/Background Printing
Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating
environments are used.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document
data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows
you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
The procedure for performing stamp/background printing is as follows:
Printing a Stamp
"CONFIDENTIAL," "IMPORTANT," and other stamps that are used often in companies are
pre-registered.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens.
284
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the
Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
3. Select a stamp
Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page
Setup tab.
4. Set the stamp details
If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK.
Define Stamp... button
To change the stamp text, bitmap, or position, click this.
Place stamp over text
To print the stamp on the front of the document, check this check box.
Note
The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data
in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap. When this check
box is unchecked, the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be
hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used.
Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used.
When the XPS printer driver is used, the stamp is normally printed in the
foreground of the document.
Print semitransparent stamp
Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp on the document.
This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used.
Stamp first page only
To print the stamp only on the first page, check this check box.
285
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified stamp.
Printing a Background
Two bitmap files are pre-registered as samples.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background dialog box opens.
3. Select the background
Check the Background check box, and select the background to be used from the
list.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page
Setup tab.
4. Set the background details
If necessary, complete the following settings, and then click OK.
Select Background... button
To use another background or change the layout or density of a background, click
this.
Background first page only
To print the background only on the first page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified background.
Note
The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert
blank page function of booklet printing.
Related Topics
Registering a Stamp
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
286
Registering a Stamp
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are
used.
You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the
settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time.
The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows:
Registering a New Stamp
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens.
287
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the
Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
3. Click Define Stamp...
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window
• Stamp tab
Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for
Stamp Type.
•For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If
necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You
can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
•For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If
necessary, change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
•For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the
printed object are displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings
of TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
288
Important
Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date/Time/User
Name is selected.
• Placement tab
Select the stamp position from the Position list. You can also select Custom from
the Position list and specify coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview
window.
To change the stamp position angle, type a value in the Orientation box directly.
Important
Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
5. Save the stamp
Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box, and then click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
The registered title appears in the Stamp list.
Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings
1. Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed
Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box. Then
from the list, select the title of the stamp to be changed.
2. Click Define Stamp...
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
3. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window
4. Overwrite save the stamp
289
Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab.
When you want to save the stamp with a different title, type a new title in the Title
box and click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
The registered title appears in the Stamp list.
Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp
1. Click Define Stamp... in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
2. Select the stamp to be deleted
Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save
settings tab. Then click Delete.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
290
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are
used.
You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also
change and register some of the settings of an existing background. An unnecessary
background can be deleted.
The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows:
Registering New Background
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background dialog box opens.
291
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the
Stamp... button and Background cannot be used.
3. Click Select Background...
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
4. Select the image data to be registered to the background
Click Select File.... Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open.
5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window
Layout Method
Select how the background image data is to be placed.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview
window.
Intensity
Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider. Moving the
slider to the right darkens the background, and moving the slider to the left lightens
the background. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the
slider to the rightmost position.
6. Save the background
Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box, and then click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
292
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
The registered title appears in the Background list.
Changing and Registering Some Background Settings
1. Select the background for which the settings are to be changed
Select the Background check box in the Stamp/Background dialog box. Then from
the list, select the title of the background you want to change.
2. Click Select Background...
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview
window
4. Save the background
Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the
background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
The registered title appears in the Background list.
Deleting an Unnecessary Background
1. Click Select Background... in the Stamp/Background dialog box
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
2. Select the background to be deleted
Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on
the Save settings tab, and then click Delete.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
293
3. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
294
Setting Up Envelope Printing
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ
XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information.
The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows:
1. Load envelope on the machine
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10,
Envelope DL, and then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
6. Select the print quality
295
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the information is printed on the envelope.
296
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS
Preview" when reading this information.
You can display and check the print result before printing.
The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows:
You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the preview
Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results.
Important
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, the Color Adjustment tab contains the
Print a pattern for color adjustment check box. When this check box is selected, the
Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Preview
297
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the
Page Size. Such a paper size is called "custom size."
The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:
You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Set the custom size in the application software
Specify the custom size in the paper size setting of your application software.
Important
When the application software that created the document has a function for
specifying the height and width values, use the application software to set the
values. When the application software does not have such a function or if the
document does not print correctly, use the printer driver to set the values.
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the paper size
Select Custom... for Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens.
298
4. Set the custom paper size
Specify Units, and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used. Then click
OK.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified paper size.
299
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print
History
This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used.
In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the
document print history to print the document.
The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows:
Print
Combine Documents
Delete Document
Reset Documents
View Thumbnails
Move Document
Undo
Move Page
Delete Page
Note
Click View Thumbnails to view all print pages of the print document selected from
the Document Name list.
To hide the print pages, click View Thumbnails again.
Clicking Undo reverses the change that just performed.
300
Editing and Printing a Print Document
When printing multiple documents or pages, you can combine documents, change the print
sequence of the documents or pages, or delete documents or pages.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the preview
Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before
printing.
4. Editing print documents and print pages
• Combining print documents
You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document.
To select multiple print documents, hold down the Ctrl key and click the
documents to be merged, or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or
lower arrow key.
You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select
multiple documents.
By combining print documents, you can prevent blank pages from being inserted
when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing.
From the Document Name list, select the documents to be combined. On the
Edit menu, select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the
documents in the listed sequence. When you combine documents, the documents
selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined
document is added to the list.
• Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages
•To change the sequence of the print documents, go to the Document Name
list, and select the print document to be moved. Next, on the Edit menu, select
Move Document from Documents, and select the appropriate item. You can
also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence.
•To change the sequence of the print pages, click View Thumbnails from the
Option menu, and select the print page to be moved. Next, on the Edit menu,
301
select Move Page from Pages, and select the appropriate item. You can also
click and drag a print page to change the print sequence.
• Deleting print documents and print pages
•To delete a print document, select the target document from the Document
Name list, and on the Edit menu, choose Documents and then Delete
Document.
•To delete a print page, click View Thumbnails from the Option menu, and
select the print page to be deleted. Next, on the Edit menu, select Delete
Page from Pages.
• Print page recovery
You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page.
To recover pages, select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option
menu, and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail
pages. Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page.
After editing the print documents or print pages, you can change the print settings on
the Page Information, Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary.
Important
To display the multiple documents in the list, open the preview and execute print
again.
To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited
in the preview, on the Edit menu, select Reset Documents from Documents.
If the documents to be combined have different print settings, a message may
be displayed.
Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents.
If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex
printing or page layout printing is to be performed, the printer may not produce the
expected print results for certain print pages.
Check the preview before printing.
Depending on the print settings of the print document, some functions may not
be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview.
Note
You can rename Document Name to any name.
5. Executing print
302
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the specified settings to print the data.
Reprinting from the Print History
When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting, the document
printed from the preview is saved, and you can reprint the document with the same settings.
1. Displaying the print history
Open the printer driver setup window. Then on the Maintenance tab, select View
Print History.
The saved print document is displayed in the preview.
Important
To limit the number of print history registrations, click History Entry Limit on
the File menu.
If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history
registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one.
2. Selecting a print document
From the Document Name list, select the document to be printed.
3. Executing print
Click Print.
Related Topic
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
303
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
304
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the print quality
On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set....
The Custom dialog box opens.
3. Setting the print quality level
Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
305
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:
You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set grayscale printing
Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you
to print the color document in monochrome.
Important
When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked, the printer driver processes
image data as sRGB data. In this case, actual colors printed may differ from those in the
original image data.
307
When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data, convert the data to
sRGB data using an application software.
Note
During Grayscale Printing, color inks may be used as well as black ink.
308
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that
data is printed with color tints that most people prefer. This method is suitable for printing
sRGB data.
When you want to print by using the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data
effectively, select ICM (ICC Profile Matching). When you want to use an application
software to specify a printing ICC profile, select None.
The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:
You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing
under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from
the following, and click OK.
309
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most
people prefer.
ICM (ICC Profile Matching)
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the input profile to be used.
None
The printer driver does not perform color correction. Select this value when you are
specifying an individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to
print data.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color
correction.
Important
When ICM is disabled in the application software, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Color
Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
310
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed
color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a
printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently.
Color management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors"
as a common color space.
For Windows, a color management system called "ICM" is built into the operating system.
Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces. Adobe RGB has a
wider color space than sRGB.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an
ICC profile and carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the
image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of
the image data or the application software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data and the application
software to be used, and then select the printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the
printer driver.
•To print using Canon Digital Photo Color
The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the
original image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.
•To print by directly applying editing and touch-up results of an application software
When printing the data, the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and
light areas, while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact.
When printing the data, the printer applies fine adjustment results, such as brightness
adjustments made with an application software.
312
Printing with ICC Profiles
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB
effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the
printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to
be used.
313
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with
color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color.
When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to
specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for
color management.
The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select Driver Matching for Color Correction.
4. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and
then click OK.
5. Complete the setup
314
Printing with ICC Profiles
When the image data has a specified input ICC profile, you can print by using the color
space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the data effectively.
The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to
print.
Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data
When you print the editing and touch-up results of Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo
Professional, or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC
profiles, you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the
image data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management
items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application
software, be sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select None for Color Correction.
316
4. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and
then click OK.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the machine uses the color space of the image data.
Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print
Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to
specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.
When printing Adobe RGB data, you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space
even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color Correction.
317
4. Select the input profile
Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data.
• For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile:
Select Standard.
• For Adobe RGB data:
Select Adobe RGB (1998).
Important
When the application software specifies an input profile, the input profile setting
of the printer driver becomes invalid.
When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer, Adobe RGB (1998)
will not be displayed.
5. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and
then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the machine uses the color space of the image data.
318
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each
color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when
you want to change the color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you
want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to
diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment Adjust color balance
The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:
You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
320
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust color balance
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes
stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker
when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes
weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left
side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
321
Important
Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
Important
When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, the color
balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
322
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer
Driver)
You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance.
When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print
function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.
Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the
pattern.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Selecting pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select the Print a pattern for color adjustment
check box, and click Pattern Print preferences....
323
4. Setting pattern print
When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK.
Parameters to Adjust
Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow.
Important
When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/
Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Printer Paper Size
Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
Note
Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be
sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
324
Note
Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output
paper sizes are selected.
Color Variation Between Instances
Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Note
Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of
Medium.
5. Checking the print results of pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment
dialog box.
On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The machine then prints a
pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value.
Important
Normally, patterns are printed with the color balance settings as the center
values. However, when Black Only is selected for Ink Cartridge Settings on the
Maintenance tab, the color balance settings are not applied to pattern printing.
6. Adjusting the color balance
325
Look at the print results and select the image that you like best. Then enter the color
balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan, Magenta, and
Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab.
Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click OK.
Note
You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo
Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity
Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that
was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Important
When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab,
the following items are grayed out and cannot be set:
•Preview before printing on the Main tab
•Stapling Side and Specify Margin... on the Page Setup tab (When Duplex Printing
(Manual) is set, only Stapling Side can be set.)
You can print a pattern only if Normal-size is selected for Page Layout on the Page
Setup tab.
When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan, Magenta,
and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Depending on your application software, this function may not be available.
326
Adjusting Brightness
You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing.
This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the
intermediate colors.
The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.
Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected
The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:
You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Specify the brightness
328
Select Light, Normal, or Dark for Brightness, and click OK. The current settings are
displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
329
Adjusting Intensity
You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during
printing.
The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors
become more intense when the image data is printed.
No adjustment Higher intensity
The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:
You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust intensity
330
Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies (darkens) the colors, and moving
the slider to the left dilutes (brightens) the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left
side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
Important
Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
331
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more
distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light
and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment Adjust the contrast
The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:
You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust the contrast
332
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider
to the left decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left
side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
Important
Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
333
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns
(Printer Driver)
You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast.
When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print
function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.
Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the
pattern.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Selecting pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select the Print a pattern for color adjustment
check box, and click Pattern Print preferences....
334
4. Setting pattern print
When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK.
Parameters to Adjust
Select Intensity/Contrast.
Printer Paper Size
Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
Note
Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be
sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
Note
Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output
paper sizes are selected.
335
Color Variation Between Instances
Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Note
Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of
Medium.
5. Checking the print results of pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment
dialog box.
On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The machine then prints a
pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value.
6. Adjusting the intensity/contrast
Look at the print results and select the image that you like best. Then enter the
intensity/contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity
and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab.
Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click OK.
336
Note
You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo
Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity
Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast
that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Important
When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab,
the following items are grayed out and cannot be set:
•Preview before printing on the Main tab
•Stapling Side and Specify Margin... on the Page Setup tab (When Duplex Printing
(Manual) is set, only Stapling Side can be set.)
You can print a pattern only if Normal-size is selected for Page Layout on the Page
Setup tab.
Depending on your application software, this function may not be available.
Related Topics
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
337
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your
computer for printing data with this machine.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that
your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for
the specific model you are using.
Printer Driver Types
On Windows Vista SP1 or later, you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the
regular printer driver.
The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS
printing.
Important
To use the XPS printer driver, the standard printer driver must already be installed on
your computer.
Installing the Printer Driver
• To install the regular printer driver, load the Setup CD-ROM that comes with the
machine, and then install the driver from Start Setup Again.
• To install the XPS printer driver, load the Setup CD-ROM that comes with the machine,
and then select XPS Driver from Add Software.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are
using, and select "XXX Printer" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the regular
printer driver or select "XXX Printer XPS" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the
XPS printer driver.
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window, click the Help button
found on the tab.
Related Topic
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
339
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from
the printer icon.
Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software
Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing.
1. Select the command that you perform printing on the application software
In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box.
2. Select your model name and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
Depending on application software you use, command names or menu names
may vary and there may be more steps. For details, refer to the user's manual of
your application software.
Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon
Follow the procedure below to perform machine maintenance operations such as print head
cleaning, or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software.
1. Select as described below:
•If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control
Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers.
•If you are using Windows 7, select the Start menu -> Devices and Printers.
•If you are using Windows Vista, select the Start menu -> Control Panel ->
Hardware and Sound -> Printers.
•If you are using Windows XP, select the start menu -> Control Panel -> Printers
and Other Hardware -> Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences
from the displayed menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
340
Important
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties (Windows
8, Windows 7) or Properties (Windows Vista, Windows XP) displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do
not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software.
For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the
Windows.
341
Canon IJ Status Monitor
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ
XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the
machine and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the machine with
graphics, icons, and messages.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the machine.
When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status
Monitor appears.
Note
To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the machine is not printing, open the
printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the
country or region where you are using your machine.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer
runs out of paper or if the ink is low).
342
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
343
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ
XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information.
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status.
Note
The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending
on the country or region where you are using your machine.
When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level, a mark appears above
the ink icon.
for example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
3. If necessary, click Ink Details.
You can check the ink-related information.
If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs, a notification icon is
displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box.
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
Note
You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
344
Canon IJ Preview
The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look
like before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to
check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the
media type settings.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window,
click the Main tab, and check the Preview before printing check box.
When you do not want to display a preview before printing, uncheck the check box.
Important
If you are using the XPS printer driver, see "Editing the Print Document or Reprinting
from the Print History."
Related Topic
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
345
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ
XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information.
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
1. Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
2. Display the print jobs
Click Display Print Queue.
The print queue window opens.
3. Delete the print jobs
Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu.
When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
The deletion of the print job is complete.
Important
Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot
delete the print job of another user.
Note
When you perform this operation, all print jobs are deleted. If the print queue list
contained a necessary print job, start the printing process over from the beginning.
346
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind
when using the printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver
may not be enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not
match the operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not
be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of
the items, you will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and
with applications that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS
Photo Editor, the following functions will not operate.
•Preview before printing on the Main tab
•Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup
tab
•Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing (Manual), Specify Margin...,
Print from Last Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page
Setup tab
•Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual
Color Adjustment dialog box
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and
lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the
Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application
software. This may solve the problem.
347
Note
Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the
XPS printer driver is used.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
• When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word
to specify them.
• When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page
Setup tab of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain
versions of Word.
• When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print
normally in certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size
to the same paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing
may take time or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap
Printing check box in the Print dialog box.
348
Quick Setup tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a
registered setting, the machine automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a
printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose
are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are
displayed in Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the
registered printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down
the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those
settings have priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally
used are set.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
350
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those
settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1
Printing and Duplex Printing (Manual) check boxes are checked automatically.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those
settings have priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to
Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to
be used.
Note
The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile
that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed
when that added printing profile is selected.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup,
Main, and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup,
Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings
list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list
on the Quick Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used
Settings, and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles.
351
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings
list on the Quick Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check
this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and
consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is
selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the
application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected,
check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and
consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile
is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with
the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used
Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check
this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and
consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is
selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the
application software.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click
Delete. When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing
profile.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
352
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Important
To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client
Profile installed on your computer.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected
for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of
that function is displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box. To disable a function, uncheck
the check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page
Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears,
specify the Page Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page
Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears,
specify the Page Order.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side
of the paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
353
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other
application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc.
Important
Depending on the printing profiles that were selected in Commonly Used Settings,
certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that
printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the machine.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and
the document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can
manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be
reduced.
If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown
according to the units specified in Units.
354
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same
orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the
paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation
is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90
degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the right when printing, clear the Rotate 90
degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select
Custom. The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then
specify the desired settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
355
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same
function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not
acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the
information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and
printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function
was enabled are not reflected in the print settings.
If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to
their default values (factory settings).
Related Topics
Printing with Easy Setup
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
356
Main tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type.
Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the
items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the machine. This ensures that
printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
357
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set... is enabled and you can open the Custom dialog box to specify custom settings.
Set...
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of
Media Type.
Note
The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider
bar. Therefore when the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and
value are displayed on the left. This is the same as when the corresponding
radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted
automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc.
Set... is enabled and you can open the Color Adjustment tab and Matching tab of the
Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to specify the desired settings.
Set...
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings
such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast on the Color
Adjustment tab, and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
358
Note
If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color
Adjustment dialog box to set the profile.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted. You can check
the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar
to the results to be printed with Sample Type.
Sample Type
Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab.
If necessary, select a preview image from Standard, Portrait, Landscape,
or Graphics, whichever is most similar to the print results.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this
check box.
If you want to display the preview image with a sample type, uncheck this
check box.
Note
The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is
checked.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to
the left makes a color weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which
alters the total color balance of the document. Use your application if you want
to change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you
want to adjust the color balance slightly.
359
Brightness
Selects the brightness of your print.
You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However, the brightness
of the colors between white and black can be changed.
Intensity
Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the
left decreases the intensity.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left
decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and
Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Print a pattern for color adjustment
When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing
function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values.
Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment. The Pattern
Print preferences... becomes enabled, the Pattern Print dialog box opens, and
a pattern can be set.
Pattern Print preferences...
The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set adjustment items and
pattern printing settings such as number of patterns.
Pattern Print dialog box
Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color
balance and intensity/contrast of documents.
Parameters to Adjust
Select the item to be checked by pattern printing.
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan/magenta/yellow
balance.
360
Intensity/Contrast
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity/contrast
balance.
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan/
Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab.
Note
Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab,
there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Sets the number of patterns to be printed.
You can select from Largest, Large, and Small. When you select a
pattern size, the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows:
Largest
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 37
Intensity/Contrast 49
Large
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 19
Intensity/Contrast 25
Small
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 7
Intensity/Contrast 9
Note
Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or
output paper sizes are selected.
The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows
you to check the overall layout.
Color Variation Between Instances
Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Select from Large, Medium, and Small. Large produces a large amount
of change, and Small produces a small amount of change.
361
Note
Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half
the size of Medium.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document
to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM (ICC Profile Matching), or None to
match the purpose of the print operation.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that
most people prefer.
ICM (ICC Profile Matching)
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the input profile to be used.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.
Note
In the XPS printer driver, ICM has become ICC Profile Matching.
Input Profile
Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile
Matching) for Color Correction.
Standard
The standard printer profile (sRGB), which supports the color space of ICM,
is used. This is the default setting.
Adobe RGB (1998)
The Adobe RGB profile, which supports a wider color space than sRGB, is
used.
Important
Adobe RGB (1998) is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are
not installed.
362
Note
In the XPS printer driver, ICM has become ICC Profile Matching.
Important
If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for
Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data
properly.
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction
appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Uncheck this check box to print a color document in color.
Important
Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even
if the Print Quality is changed.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Important
To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client
Profile installed on your computer.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values
(factory settings).
Features
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
363
Page Setup tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the
paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the
application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the
application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown
according to the units specified in Units.
365
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same
orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the
paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation
is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90
degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the right when printing, clear the Rotate 90
degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the machine.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout,
Tiling/Poster, or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be
reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size, the document size will
be enlarged.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the machine can
automatically reduce the size when it prints the document.
366
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Uncheck this check box to print the document with the original document size.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the
paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your
application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Click Specify... to display the Page Layout Printing dialog box and specify how to
allocate pages.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed
on one sheet of paper, the page order, and whether a page border line is to be
printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview
on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the
data.
Pages
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
367
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print the line.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into
several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create
large printed matter, such as a poster.
Click Specify... to display the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box and specify the number
of pages that you want to divide the image data into.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can
also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for
pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview
on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing
increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing
the number of divisions allow you to create a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These
words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print the words.
Note
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the
environment, this function may not be available.
368
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting
together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print the lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do
not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page
Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time.
You can also select Pages in the Print page range and enter the print page
range.
Booklet
Booklet printing is the convenient function to create a booklet. Data is printed on both
sides of a sheet of paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated
properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the
center.
Click Specify... to display the Booklet Printing dialog box and specify how to fold.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet.
Printing only on one side and printing a page border, can also be set in this
dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview
on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
369
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the
booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and
select the side to be left blank from the list.
Uncheck this check box to print the document on both sides of the booklet.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the
sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print the line.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of
the paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
Uncheck this check box to print the document on one side only.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of
Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects
the best stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
You can specify the stapling margin width in the Specify Margin dialog box that is opened
by clicking Specify Margin....
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a
document does not fit on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
370
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the
number of copies with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page/Collate
Specifies the order in which to print document pages.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this,
you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first
page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print
multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number
grouped together.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same
function, give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not
acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify
the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer
driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the
specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed print driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function
may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors
371
may be produced or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur,
checking this check box may resolve the problems.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the
Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Note
Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with
the XPS printer driver.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the
application software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to
the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens,
checking this check box may resolve the problem.
Important
Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color
profile is disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check
box may improve the condition.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be
used with the XPS printer driver.
372
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of
one page of print data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this
check box may improve the results.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation
When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed, the printer uses a simple
interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image.
If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly, selecting this check
box may improve the results.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with
the XPS printer driver.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application
software and then print the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or
may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this
function, select Off.
Important
When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print
data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the machine.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
373
Note
Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.
Stamp/Background... (Stamp...)
Opens the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document
data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows
you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the
Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, Stamp and
Background may not be available.
Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box
The Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or
background over or behind the document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones,
you can register and use your original stamp or background.
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the
Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Click Define Stamp... to open the Stamp Settings dialog box, and then you can
configure the details of the stamp.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a
stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
374
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with
a bitmap file. Select Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time
and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the
printed object are displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User
Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the
stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box,
and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
375
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left
decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to make white-filled areas of the
bitmap transparent.
Note
Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType
Font to Arial, Style to Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and
Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192, 192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be
printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position
and Y-Position coordinates directly.
Orientation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by
entering the number of degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is
selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab.
Note
Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0.
376
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an
unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of
a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this
button.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed
data may be hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data
will not be hidden behind the stamp.
Note
The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document
data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap. When this
check box is unchecked, the stamp is printed behind the document data and
may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software
used.
Print semitransparent stamp
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
377
Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document
page.
Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data
may be hidden behind the stamp.
Note
You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages
when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Uncheck this check box to print a stamp on all pages.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar
object (bitmap, etc.) behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Click Select Background... to open the Background Settings dialog box, and then
you can configure the details of the background.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to print a background.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity
of the selected background.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a
background or determine how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
378
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-
Position.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the intensity. To print the background at the original
bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position.
Note
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment,
this function may not be available.
Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the
Intensity slider to the middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an
unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of
a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list,
and then click this button.
379
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages
when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Uncheck this check box to print a background on all pages.
380
Maintenance tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to perform machine maintenance or change the settings
of the machine.
Cleaning
Performs print head cleaning.
Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles.
Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though
all ink levels are sufficiently high.
Deep Cleaning
Performs deep cleaning.
Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Note
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply.
Therefore, perform cleaning only when necessary.
Ink Group
When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, the Ink Group window is displayed.
381
Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you
execute cleaning or deep cleaning.
Initial Check Items
Check that the machine power is on, and open the cover of the machine.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check
or Cleaning.
•Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge.
• Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking
sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions.
Print Head Alignment
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves
deviated colors and lines.
Align the print head immediately after installing the print head.
Start Print Head Alignment dialog box
When you click Print Head Alignment, the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is
displayed.
This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head, or to print
the current setting value for the print head position.
Align Print Head
Aligns the print head.
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and
improves deviated colors and lines.
Align the print head immediately after installing the print head.
Print Alignment Value
Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position.
Prints the current setting value for the print head position.
Print Head Alignment dialog box
To adjust the print head position manually, click Align Print Head in the Start Print
Head Alignment dialog box, and perform the operations instructed in the
382
messages. The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed.
This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head
position.
Preview Window
Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment, and checks the position of the
selected pattern.
You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly.
Select the Pattern Number
Compare the printed adjustment patterns, and enter the pattern number of the
pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding
box.
Note
If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern, see Aligning the Print
Head Position from Your Computer.
Nozzle Check
Prints a nozzle check pattern.
Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle
check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly. If the print result for a
specific color is fainted, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the
print head.
To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern,
click Initial Check Items.
Print Check Pattern
This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles
are clogged.
Click Print Check Pattern. When the confirmation message is displayed, click OK. The
Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed.
left-side bitmap(good)
The print head nozzles are not clogged.
right-side bitmap(bad)
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Exit
Closes the Pattern Check dialog box, and returns to the Maintenance tab.
383
Cleaning
Performs print head cleaning.
Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles.
Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print,
even though all ink levels are sufficiently high.
Initial Check Items
Check that the machine power is on, and open the cover of the machine.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check or
Cleaning.
•Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge.
• Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking
sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions.
Ink Cartridge Settings
Opens the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box.
Use this function to specify the FINE cartridge you want to use.
Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box
When you click Ink Cartridge Settings, the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box is
displayed.
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed
cartridges according to an intended use.
When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately
by a new one, you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue
printing.
Ink Cartridge
Selects the FINE cartridge you use for printing.
Color Only
Uses the color FINE cartridge only.
Black Only
Uses the black FINE cartridge only.
384
Both Black and Color
Uses the FINE cartridges installed on the machine, which are color and black.
Important
When a setting other than Plain Paper or Envelope is selected for Media
Type on the Main tab, Black Only is disabled because the machine uses the
color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be
performed while either FINE cartridge is detached.
Bottom Plate Cleaning
Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the machine.
To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
before you perform duplex printing.
Also perform Bottom Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print
data appear on the printed page.
Roller Cleaning
Cleans the paper feed rollers.
Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer's paper feed rollers. In this
case, clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result.
Power Off
Turns off the printer from the machine driver.
Perform this function to turn off the machine when you cannot press the ON button
(POWER button) on the printer because the machine is out of your reach.
You must press the ON button (POWER button) on the printer to turn the machine on again
after clicking this button. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer
on from the printer driver.
Auto Power
Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box.
Specify settings for operating the machine power automatically. Perform this function if you
want to change the auto power settings.
385
Note
If the machine is off or if communication between the machine and the computer is
disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the
machine status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Auto Power Settings dialog box
When you click Auto Power, the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box allows you to manage the machine power from the printer driver.
Auto Power On
Selects the auto power-on setting.
Specify Disable to prevent the machine from turning on automatically when print
data is sent to it.
Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the machine settings.
Specify Enable to turn the machine on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Selects the auto power-off setting.
If a printer driver operation or a machine operation is not performed within the
specified time, the machine turns off.
Quiet Settings
Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise
of the machine. This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the machine
becomes a concern, such when printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to
change the quiet mode setting.
Quiet Settings dialog box
When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating
noise of the machine.
Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal
operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine.
386
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine
during a specified period of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If
both are set to the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine, the
printer driver, or ScanGear (scanner driver).
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you
perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and
scanning from the computer.
If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours, quiet mode
is not applied to operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the
machine.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
If the printer is off or bi-directional communication is disabled, a message may appear
because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of machine operation.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results are unsatisfactory even after you execute automatic head
alignment, execute manual head alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment.
Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in
the Orientation.
387
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the right when printing, clear the check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
The machine can pause before printing a subsequent page. Moving the slider to the
right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the
printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
View Print History
This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history.
Note
You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is
proceeding.
Note
If you are using the XPS printer driver, the "Canon IJ Status Monitor" becomes the
"Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor".
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You
can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup
window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
388
Important
If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your
system, the characters will be garbled.
Features
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
Cleaning Inside the Machine
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Managing the Machine Power
Related Features
Reducing the Machine Noise
Changing the Machine Operation Mode
389
Canon IJ Preview Description
Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like
before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to
check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the
media type.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window,
and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
If you do not want to display a preview before printing, uncheck the check box.
File Menu
Selects the print operation.
Start Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on
the preview screen.
This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar.
Cancel Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed
on the preview screen.
This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ Preview.
390
Page Menu
This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed.
All of these commands except Select Page can also be selected from the toolbar.
First Page
Displays the first page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot
be selected.
Previous Page
Displays the page located before the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot
be selected.
Next Page
Displays the page located after the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot
be selected.
Last Page
Displays the last page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot
be selected.
Page Selection...
Displays the Page Selection dialog box.
This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed.
Note
If the pages are being spooled, the last spooled page becomes the last page.
If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout, Tiling/
Poster, or Booklet, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing,
and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application
software.
If duplex printing manually has been set, the front pages which will be printed first are
all displayed together, and then the back pages are displayed.
Zoom Menu
Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size.
You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar.
Whole
Displays the entire page of data as one page.
391
50%
Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed.
100%
Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
200%
Enlarges the displayed data to 200% of the actual size to be printed.
400%
Enlarges the displayed data to 400% of the actual size to be printed.
Option Menu
This menu includes the following command:
Displays Print Page Information
Displays print setup information (including printer paper size, media type, and page
layout) for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and
you can check the version and copyright information.
Start Printing button
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the
Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.
Cancel Printing button
Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on
the preview screen.
You can click this button while spooling.
Print Page Information Screen
Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the paper size of the document to be printed.
Media Type
Displays the media type of the document to be printed.
Paper Source
Displays the paper source of the document to be printed.
392
Page Layout
Displays the page layout of the document to be printed.
Important
If the media type and paper source are set from the application software, those
settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective.
393
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description
Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look
like before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to
check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. The preview also allows you
to edit the print document, edit the print pages, change the print settings, and perform other
functions.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window,
and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
If you do not want to display a preview before printing, uncheck the check box.
Important
To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client
Profile installed on your computer.
File Menu
Selects print operation and print history settings:
Print
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed,
the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.
This command has the same function as the Print on the toolbar and (Print) in the
print settings area.
394
Print All Documents
Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
Save Print History
Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be
saved as print history entries.
History Entry Limit
Switches the maximum number of print history registrations.
Select 10 Entries, 30 Entries, or 100 Entries.
Important
If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history registrations
are deleted starting from the oldest one.
Add documents from history to the list
Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be
deleted from the list.
This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area.
Edit Menu
Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages.
Undo
Reverses the previous change.
If the change cannot be reversed, this function is grayed out and cannot be selected.
This command has the same function as the (Undo) on the toolbar.
Documents
Selects the method for editing print documents.
Combine Documents
Combines the document selected in the document list into one document.
If only one document is selected, this command is grayed out and cannot be
selected.
This command has the same function as the (Combine Documents) on the
toolbar.
Reset Documents
Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were
added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
395
The combined documents are separated, and the original documents are restored.
This command has the same function as the (Reset Documents) on the toolbar.
Move Document
Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the
document list.
Move to First
Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed
out and cannot be selected.
Move Up One
Moves the selected print document one up from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed
out and cannot be selected.
Move Down One
Moves the selected print document one down from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed
out and cannot be selected.
Move to Last
Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed
out and cannot be selected.
Delete Document
Deletes the selected document from the document list.
If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
This command has the same function as the (Delete Document) on the toolbar.
Grayscale Printing
Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in
the print settings area.
Page Layout Printing...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing, Pages, Page Order, and
Page Border.
396
Duplex Printing...
Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing (Manual), Stapling Side, and
Margin.
Copies...
Opens the Copies dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Copies, Collate, and Print from Last Page.
Pages
Selects the method for editing print pages.
Delete Page
Deletes the currently selected page.
If page layout printing is set, the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted.
This command has the same function as the (Delete Page) on the toolbar.
Restore Page
Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function.
To restore pages, you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the
Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails.
Move Page
Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages.
Move to First
Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document.
If the currently selected page is the first page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Move Forward One
Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position.
If the currently selected page is the first page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Move Backward One
Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position.
If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Move to Last
Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document.
If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
397
View Menu
Selects the documents and pages to be displayed.
Documents
Use the following command to select the document to display.
First Document
Displays the first document in the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out
and cannot be selected.
Previous Document
Displays the document located before the currently displayed document.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out
and cannot be selected.
Next Document
Displays the document located after the currently displayed document.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out
and cannot be selected.
Last Document
Displays the last document in the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out
and cannot be selected.
Pages
Use the following command to select the page to be displayed.
First Page
Displays the first page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Previous Page
Displays the page located before the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Next Page
Displays the page located after the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
398
Last Page
Displays the last page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
Page Selection...
Displays the Page Selection dialog box.
This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed.
Note
If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling/Poster, or
Booklet, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing, and
not the number of pages in the original document created with the application
software.
Zoom Menu
Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size.
You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar.
Whole
Displays the entire page of data as one page.
50%
Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed.
100%
Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
200%
Enlarges the displayed data to 200% of the actual size to be printed.
400%
Enlarges the displayed data to 400% of the actual size to be printed.
Option Menu
Toggles the show / hide status of the following information.
View Thumbnails
Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at
the bottom of the preview window.
This command has the same function as the (View Thumbnails) on the toolbar.
View Document List
Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window.
399
View Print Settings Area
Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window.
View Deleted Pages
When the thumbnails are displayed, this function displays pages that were deleted with
the Delete Page function.
To check deleted pages, you must first select the View Thumbnails check box.
Keep printed documents on the list
Leaves the printed document in the document list.
Print Settings Displayed at Startup
Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS
Preview is started.
Select Page Information, Layout, or Manual Color Adjustment.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed,
and you can check the version and copyright information.
(Print)
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the
Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.
(Combine Documents)
Combines the document selected in the document list into one document.
If only one document is selected, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Delete Document)
Deletes the selected document from the document list.
If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be
selected.
(Reset Documents)
Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added
to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
The combined documents are separated, and the original documents are restored.
(View Thumbnails)
Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the
bottom of the preview window.
To hide the print pages, click View Thumbnails again.
400
Move Document
Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document
list.
(Move to First)
Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
(Move Up One)
Moves the selected print document one up from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
(Move Down One)
Moves the selected print document one down from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
(Move to Last)
Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and
cannot be selected.
(Undo)
Reverses the previous change.
If the change cannot be reversed, this function is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Delete Page)
Deletes the currently selected page.
If page layout printing is set, the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted.
Document list
Displays the list of the print documents.
The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and
editing.
Document Name
Displays the name of the print document.
If you click the name of the selected print document, a text box is displayed, and you
can rename the document to any name.
Pages
Displays the number of pages in the print document.
401
Important
The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different.
To check the output page count, check the status bar at the bottom of the preview
window.
Status
Displays the status of the print documents.
Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data.
Important
Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited.
Wait until the data processing ends.
Print Settings Area Screen
Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the
document list.
Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window.
Page Information tab
The print settings are displayed for each page.
You can change the media type and paper source settings.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the paper size of the document to be printed.
Media Type
Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed.
Paper Source
Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed.
Page Layout
Displays the page layout of the document to be printed.
Layout tab
You can specify settings for page layout printing.
To apply the specified settings, click Apply.
If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document, the individual
items are grayed out and cannot be selected.
Manual Color Adjustment tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
402
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the
left makes a color weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters
the total color balance of the document. Use your application software if you want to
change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to
adjust the color balance slightly.
Brightness
Selects the brightness of your print.
Pure white and black will not change, but colors between white and black will
change.
Intensity
Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left
decreases the intensity.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left
decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values (factory
settings).
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Grayscale Printing
Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
403
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side
of the paper.
If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document, this item is grayed
out and is unavailable.
Important
When you select Booklet for Page Layout, Duplex Printing (Manual) of the print
settings area will be set automatically. In this case, Duplex Printing (Manual) is
grayed out and is unavailable.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document, this item is grayed
out and is unavailable.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list.
Print
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed,
the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.
404
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the machine and the printing progress.
The monitor uses graphics, icons, and messages to let you know the machine status.
Canon IJ Status Monitor Features
The Canon IJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages:
You can check the status of the printer on the screen.
The status of the machine is shown on the screen in real time.
You can check the printing progress of each printing document (print job).
Error types and solutions are shown on the screen.
Shown when a machine error occurs.
You can immediately check how to respond.
You can check the ink status.
This function displays graphics showing the FINE cartridge type and the estimated ink
levels.
Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low (ink level warning).
Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview
Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the machine and ink with
graphics and messages.
You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during
printing.
When a printer error occurs, it shows the cause and solution. Follow the instruction in the
message.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: Indicates that a warning (operator call error) has occurred or the printer is working.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
405
FINE cartridge
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs.
In addition, this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the FINE
cartridge.
In this case, click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box. You can check the
detail information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your
printer.
Document Name
Shows the name of the document to be printed.
Owner
Shows the owner's name of the document to be printed.
Printing Page
Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages.
Display Print Queue
Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in
the print queue.
Cancel Printing
Cancels the current print job.
Important
The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the
machine. Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes
unavailable.
Option Menu
If you select Enable Status Monitor, when a machine related message is generated
the Canon IJ Status Monitor starts.
When Enable Status Monitor is selected, following commands are available.
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front
of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
406
Start when Windows is Started
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows.
Ink Details Menu
Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box. Check the detail information
such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your machine.
Ink Details dialog box
This function displays graphics and messages showing the FINE cartridge type and
the estimated ink levels.
Ink Information (displayed at left)
Shows the FINE cartridge types with graphics.
If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the print driver
displays an icon to let you know.
If the icon is displayed, operate the printer according to the instructions
displayed on the screen.
Message (displayed at right)
Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences.
Ink Model Number button
Shows the FINE cartridge types for your machine.
Close
Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is
displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
407
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear (scanner driver).
By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers, unresolved problems
may be solved.
You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
Important
You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred
are your responsibility.
Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
Before Installing the MP Drivers
Installing the MP Drivers
409
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted.
When deleting the MP Drivers, first exit all programs that are running.
The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows:
1. Start the uninstaller
•If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control
Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "XXX MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Uninstall.
•If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista, select Start menu -> Control
Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "XXX MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Uninstall.
•If you are using Windows XP, select Start menu -> Control Panel -> Add or
Remove Programs.
From the program list, select "XXX MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Remove.
The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
Important
In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box
may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue,
Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. When you are
logged on to a standard account, switch to an administrator account, and restart
the operation from the beginning.
2. Execute the uninstaller
Click Execute. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
When all the files have been deleted, click Complete.
The deletion of the MP Drivers is complete.
410
Important
Printer driver, XPS printer driver, and ScanGear (scanner driver) will be deleted when
you uninstall the MP Drivers.
411
Before Installing the MP Drivers
This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers.
You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed.
Checking the Machine Status
• Confirm that the USB port of this machine and the computer are firmly connected with
the USB cable.
• Turn off the machine.
Checking the Personal Computer Settings
• Terminate all running applications.
• In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, log on as a user who has the
administrator account.
In Windows XP, log on as the computer administrator.
Important
Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Installing the MP Drivers
412
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and
XPS printer driver for your model.
The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows:
1. Turn off the machine
2. Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box
may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue,
Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. When you are
logged on to a standard account, switch to an administrator account, and restart
the operation from the beginning.
3. Install the MP Drivers
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
Note
To use a network printer from a client machine, you must manually select the
connection destination from the client.
To manually select a connection destination, click Cancel in the Connect Cable
window. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
In the Installation Incomplete window, select the Select printer port check box,
click Manual Selection, and then select the appropriate port.
4. Complete the installation
Click Complete or Finish.
The procedure for installing the MP Drivers is complete.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the
computer may be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
413
Important
You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the MP
Drivers. However, when installing the XPS printer driver, first complete installation of the
MP Drivers.
You can download the MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for free, but any Internet
access charges incurred are your responsibility.
Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
414
Sharing the Printer on a Network
When multiple computers are being used in the network environment, you can share the
printer connected to one computer with the other computers.
The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have
to be the same.
•Settings on Print Server
This section describes the procedure for setting a computer that connects with this
printer directly through a USB cable.
•Settings on Client PC
This section describes the procedure for setting a computer that uses this printer though
a network.
When you execute print, the data is sent to the printer through the print server system.
Important
In case an error occurred when a document is printed by the client system to a shared
printer, the error message of Canon IJ Status Monitor will be displayed both on the client
system and the print server system. For regular printing, Canon IJ Status Monitor will be
displayed only on the client system.
Note
You must install a print driver in the print server and in each client.
Related Topic
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
415
Settings on Print Server
When you use the printer on a network, set up the printer driver for sharing on the print
server system.
The procedure for setting up the print server systems is as follows:
1. Install the MP Drivers on the print server system
2. Select as described below:
•If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control
Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers.
•If you are using Windows 7, select the Start menu -> Devices and Printers.
•If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu -> Control Panel ->
Hardware and Sound -> Printers.
•If you are using Windows XP, select the start menu -> Control Panel -> Printers
and Other Hardware -> Printers and Faxes.
The Devices and Printers window (Windows 8, Windows 7), Printers window
(Windows Vista) or Printers and Faxes window (Windows XP) is displayed.
3. Click the icon for the model name of printer to be shared
•If you are using Windows 8, press the Alt key, and from the displayed File menu,
click Printer properties -> "Your model name" -> Sharing tab.
•If you are using Windows 7, press the Alt key on your keyboard and then select
Printer properties -> Sharing tab from the displayed File menu.
•If you are using Windows Vista, press the Alt key on your keyboard and then
select Run as administrator -> Sharing... from the displayed File menu.
•If you are using Windows XP, select Sharing... from the File menu.
Important
In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box
may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
416
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue,
Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. When you are
logged on to a standard account, switch to an administrator account, and restart
the operation from the beginning.
Note
Windows XP may display a message recommending the user to use the
Network Setup Wizard to set up sharing.
When this message appears, choose not to use the wizard and then set up
sharing.
4. Set sharing
Select Share this printer on the Sharing tab to set a shared name if necessary, and
click OK.
The setup on the print server system is complete. Next, set up the client systems.
417
Settings on Client PC
After setting up the print server system, set up the client system.
The procedure for setting up the client systems is as follows:
If you are using Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista
1. Install the MP Drivers on the client systems
Note
You must manually select the connection destination on the client computer.
During installation, click Cancel in the Connect Cable window. When the
confirmation message appears, click Yes.
In the Installation Incomplete window, select the Select printer port check box,
click Manual Selection, and then select the appropriate port.
2. Start the wizard
•If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control
Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers -> Add a printer.
•If you are using Windows 7, select the Start menu -> Devices and Printers ->
Add a printer.
•If you are using Windows Vista, select the Start menu -> Network -> Add
Printer.
The Add Printer window appears.
3. Add a printer
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and click the icon for the
printer that you have configured on the print server system to be shared, and then
click Next.
Note
If the icon for the printer is not displayed, check that the printer is actually
connected to the print server.
It may take some time for the icon for the printer to appear.
4. Complete the setup
418
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen and then click Finish.
•If you are using Windows 8 or Windows 7, the icon for the shared printer will be
created in the Devices and Printers window.
•If you are using Windows Vista, the icon for the shared printer will be created in
the Printers window.
The setup on the client systems is complete. You can now share the printer in the
network.
If you are using Windows XP
1. Install the printer driver on the client systems
For installation instructions, see "Installing the MP Drivers."
Note
You must manually select the connection destination on the client computer.
During installation, click Cancel in the Connect Cable window. When the
confirmation message appears, click Yes.
In the Installation Incomplete window, select the Select printer port check box,
click Manual Selection, and then select the appropriate port.
2. Start the wizard
Select the start menu -> Control Panel -> Printers and Other Hardware ->
Printers and Faxes -> Add a printer.
When Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard screen appears, click Next.
3. Add a printer
Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, then click
Next.
On the Specify a Printer window, click Next and then search for the print server
system.
Click the icon for the printer that you have configured on the print server system to be
shared, and then click Next.
Note
If the icon for the printer is not displayed, check that the printer is actually
connected to the print server.
419
4. Complete the setup
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen and then click Finish.
The icon for the shared printer will be created in the Printers and Faxes window.
The setup on the client systems is complete. You can now share the printer in the
network.
420
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS
Preview" when reading this information.
These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment.
Check the restrictions for the environment you are using.
When You Are Sharing a Printer in a Network
• A print completion message may be displayed. To disable the message from being
displayed, follow the procedure below.
•If you are using Windows 8:
In the Devices and Printers window of the client, select the printer from Printers,
and click Print server properties on the command bar.
Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced
tab, and then restart the computer.
•If you are using Windows 7:
In the Devices and Printers window of the client, select the printer from Printers and
Faxes, and click Print server properties on the command bar.
Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced
tab, and then restart the computer.
•If you are using Windows Vista:
Press the Alt key from the Printers window on the client system. Open Run as
administrator -> Server Properties... from the displayed File menu.
Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced
tab, and then restart the computer.
•If you are using Windows XP:
Open Server Properties from the File menu of the Printers and Faxes window on
the print server system.
Uncheck Notify when remote documents are printed on the Advanced tab, and
then restart the computer.
• The bi-directional communication function is disabled and the correct printer status may
not be recognized.
421
If a client user opens the printer driver properties (to display the properties when using
Windows 8 or Windows 7, press the Alt key, and select Printer properties from the
displayed File menu) and then clicks OK with the Enable bidirectional support check
box cleared on the Ports tab, the bidirectional communication function of the print
server may also be disabled.
In this case, check Enable bidirectional support check box on both the print server
system and the client system.
• When you print from a client system, you cannot use Canon IJ Preview.
• When the functions on the Maintenance tab cannot be set properly from a client
system, they may be grayed out. In this case, change the settings from the print server.
When you change the settings of the print server, you should delete the icon of the
shared printer from the client system, and then specify the shared settings again in the
client system.
When the Same Printer Driver is Installed in the Print Server System and
the Client System as the Local Printer
• The net crawl function may automatically create a network printer icon on the client
system.
422
Making Copies
Load the original on the platen glass to copy.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Load the original on the platen glass.
Note
•You can switch the size of paper loaded in the rear tray between A4 and Letter.
Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter
4. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
The machine starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete.
To make multiple copies
Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want.
Press the same button (Color button or Black button) as the one which you previously pressed.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is
completed.
While the machine is scanning the original, the ON lamp keeps flashing.
• If the original covers the whole page, area (B) in the figure below cannot be printed.
(A) The direction in which the paper is ejected
(B) Unprintable area
For details on the printable area:
• For A4 sized paper:
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
• For Letter-sized paper:
Letter, Legal
424
Note
• To cancel copying, press the Stop button.
•To set the print quality to "Draft" (speed priority)
You can set the print quality to "Draft" (speed priority) following the procedure below.
1. Press and hold down the Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 4.
The ON lamp flashes once.
2. Release the button.
The machine starts copying.
When the print quality is set to "Draft", print speed is given priority over quality. To give priority to
quality, press the Color or Black button for less than 2 seconds to copy in the print quality "Standard".
425
Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter
You can switch the size of paper loaded on the rear tray between A4 and Letter.
This setting is useful if you usually load Letter-sized paper in the rear tray.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 10 times.
3. Release the Stop button.
The ON lamp starts flashing instead of remaining lit.
4. Press the Black button to select A4, or the Color button to select Letter.
The ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit, then the paper size is changed.
Note
•When you switch the page size to A4 or Letter, load paper of the selected size.
When the page size is set to A4, load A4 plain paper.
When the page size is set to Letter, load Letter-sized plain paper.
• This setting is retained even if the machine is turned off.
426
Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?
Starting IJ Scan Utility
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic
Scanning Photos
Scanning Documents
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time
Saving after Checking Scan Results
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)
IJ Scan Utility Screens
429
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?
IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan photos, documents, etc.
You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding
icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility
Scan Easily according to Purposes
You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily, Photo to scan with
settings suitable for photos, or Document to sharpen text in a document or magazine for
better readability, according to the item type or your purpose.
Note
Refer to "IJ Scan Utility Main Screen" for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder. You can change the folder as
required.
Note
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Refer to "Settings Dialog Box" for how to specify a folder.
Integrate with Applications
You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications; display scanned
images in your favorite application, attach them to e-mails, extract text from images, and
more.
430
Starting IJ Scan Utility
Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility.
Windows 8:
Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility.
If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search
for "IJ Scan Utility".
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP:
From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan
Utility to start IJ Scan Utility.
432
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type.
Important
The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the
cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and
scan again.
Photos that have a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
Thin items
Thick items
1. Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
To apply suitable corrections based on the item type, click Settings..., then select the
Apply recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog
box.
Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Auto Scan)
dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box,
you can also make advanced scan settings.
Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type.
Scanning Photos
Scanning Documents
433
Scanning Photos
You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos.
1. Place the photo on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings..., select the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, then set
the paper size, resolution, etc. as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Photo Scan)
dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box,
you can also make advanced scan settings.
435
Scanning Documents
You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings..., select the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, then
set the paper size, resolution, etc. as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document.
Scanning starts.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Document
Scan) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Document Scan)
dialog box, you can also make advanced scan settings.
436
Scanning with Favorite Settings
You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand.
This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in
detail.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings..., select the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, then
set the select source, resolution, etc.
When setting is completed, click OK.
Note
Once the settings are made, you can scan with the same settings from the next
time.
3. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
4. Click Custom.
Scanning starts.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Custom
Scan) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Custom Scan)
dialog box, you can also make advanced scan settings.
437
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them
back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported.
Note
The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings..., select the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, then
set the item type, resolution, etc. as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
3. Click Stitch.
The Image Stitch window appears.
4. In Select Output Size, select an output size according to the paper size.
438
5. Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction.
6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-
down on the platen.
7. Click Start Scanning Image 1.
439
The first item is scanned and appears in 1.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
8. Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face-
down on the platen.
9. Click Start Scanning Image 2.
440
The second item is scanned and appears in 2.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
10. Adjust the scanned images as required.
Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions.
Note
Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at
the top of the screen, then click (Delete). The selected image is deleted,
allowing you to scan the item again.
11. Click Save.
441
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time
You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save
each image individually.
Important
The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the
cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and
scan again.
Photos that have a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
Thin items
Thick items
Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)"
for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Using Auto Scan
Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically. Click Auto and scan.
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
Not Using Auto Scan
In the Settings dialog box, set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan.
Note
The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following
descriptions.
1. Place the items on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings....
443
The Settings dialog box appears.
4. Click Custom Scan.
5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned.
444
7. Click Custom.
Multiple items are scanned at one time.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings
dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog box, you can also
make advanced scan settings.
446
Saving after Checking Scan Results
You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer.
Important
You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan.
Note
The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog box appears.
3. Click Photo Scan.
4. Select the Check scan results checkbox, then click OK.
447
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog
box.
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
5. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the Save Settings dialog box appears.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
448
6. Change the image order or file save options as required.
You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog box.
Note
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
7. Click OK.
Scanned images are saved according to the settings.
449
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail
You can send scanned images via e-mail.
Note
The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog box appears.
3. Click Photo Scan.
4. Select Attach to e-mail in Application Settings, then select an e-mail
client.
450
Note
You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pull-down menu.
If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved
images to e-mail.
5. Click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
451
Note
Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog
box.
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
6. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be
attached to a new message.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings
dialog box.
When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box,
the Save Settings dialog box appears. After you set the save options and click
OK, the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message
of the specified e-mail client.
7. Specify the recipient, enter the subject and message, then send e-mail.
Refer to the manual of your e-mail client for e-mail settings.
452
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)
Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in Notepad (included with
Windows).
Note
You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or ScanGear.
The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following
descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog box appears.
3. Click Document Scan.
453
Note
For Resolution, only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected
in Application Settings.
4. Select Start OCR for Application Settings, then select the application in
which you want to display the result.
Note
When My Image Garden is specified, after the image is scanned, the text in the
image is extracted and appears in Notepad (included with Windows).
5. Click OK.
454
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog
box.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
6. Click Document.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the
settings, and the extracted text appears in the specified application.
Note
Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Text displayed in Notepad (included with Windows) is for guidance only. Text in
the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly.
455
Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40
points (at 300 dpi)
Slanted documents
Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong
orientation (rotated characters)
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with narrow line spacing
Documents with colors in the background of text
Documents containing multiple languages
456
IJ Scan Utility Screens
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen
Settings Dialog Box
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box
Data Format Settings Dialog Box
Save Settings Dialog Box
Image Stitch Window
457
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen
Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility.
Windows 8:
Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility.
If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search
for "IJ Scan Utility".
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP:
From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan
Utility to start IJ Scan Utility.
You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding
icon.
•Product Name
Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.
If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from
the list.
•Auto
Detects the type of items automatically and saves them to a computer. The data format
for saving will also be set automatically.
Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Auto
Scan) dialog box.
•Photo
Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings
(Photo Scan) dialog box.
•Document
Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings
(Document Scan) dialog box.
•Custom
458
Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer. The item
type can be automatically detected.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings
(Custom Scan) dialog box.
•Stitch
Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an
item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings
(Scan and Stitch) dialog box.
•ScanGear
Starts ScanGear (scanner driver) in which you can make image corrections and color
adjustments when scanning.
Scan/save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings (ScanGear) dialog
box.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Settings...
Displays the Settings dialog box in which you can specify the scan/save settings and the
response after scanning.
459
Settings Dialog Box
There are two tabs in the Settings dialog box: (Scanning from a Computer) and
(General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and you can
make advanced settings to functions on each tab.
(Scanning from a Computer) Tab
You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
(General Settings) Tab
You can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect
text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box
460
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box
Click Auto Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(Auto Scan) dialog box.
In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by
automatically detecting the item type.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
•Supported Items
Photos, postcards, business cards, magazines, newspapers, documents, and
BD/DVD/CD.
Important
To scan the following types of items, specify the item type and size in the Settings
(Photo Scan) dialog box, Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, or Settings
(Custom Scan) dialog box, then click Photo, Document, or Custom in the IJ Scan
Utility main screen. You cannot scan correctly with Auto.
A4 size photos
461
Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such
as paperback pages with the spine cut off
Items printed on thin white paper
Long narrow items such as panoramic photos
Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be
scanned correctly.
Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.
Note
To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings
(Document Scan) dialog box or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, then click
Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
(1) Scan Options Area
•Apply recommended image correction
Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
Important
The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case,
deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
(2) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Auto is selected. The following data formats are automatically applied according to the
item type when saving.
- Photos, postcards, BD/DVD/CD, and business cards: JPEG
- Magazines, newspapers, and documents: PDF
Important
The save format may differ depending on how you place the item.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
462
Note
You can change the data format from Settings....
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
463
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
464
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box
Click Photo Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(Photo Scan) dialog box.
In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan
items as photos.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
•Select Source
Photo is selected.
•Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
•Paper Size
465
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears.
Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
Note
Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.
•Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
•Image Processing Settings
Click (Plus) to set the following.
Important
When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not
available.
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
(2) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG.
Important
You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
•Settings...
466
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
467
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
468
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box
Click Document Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(Document Scan) dialog box.
In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to
scan items as documents.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden,
the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
•Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned.
Scanning documents: Document
Scanning magazines: Magazine
469
•Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
•Paper Size
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears.
Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
Note
Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.
•Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Note
Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application
Settings.
•Image Processing Settings
Click (Plus) to set the following.
Note
When Color Mode is Black and White, only Reduce gutter shadow, Correct
slanted text document, and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate
image appear.
•Apply Auto Document Fix
Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better
readability.
Important
The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that
case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
470
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
•Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
•Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon
where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures
printed with fine dots are scanned.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
•Reduce gutter shadow
Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Note
Use ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter
shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
Refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction" for your model from Home of the Online
Manual for details.
•Correct slanted text document
Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1
to +10 degrees) of the document.
Important
The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text
cannot be detected correctly.
Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the
angles vary by line
Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text
Documents with extremely large or small fonts
Documents with small amount of text
Documents containing figures/images
Hand-written text
Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)
471
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text
document.
•Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image
Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation
of text in the scanned document.
Important
Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document
Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box are supported.
The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or
documents since the text cannot be detected correctly.
Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi
Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with patterned backgrounds
In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in
the Save Settings dialog box.
(2) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF or
PDF (Multiple Pages).
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
472
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu.
•Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the image into text data using specified
OCR software.
473
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
474
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box
Click Custom Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(Custom Scan) dialog box.
In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan
according to your preference.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden,
the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
•Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned. When Auto is selected, the item type is
automatically detected.
Color Mode, Paper Size, and Resolution are automatically set as well.
475
Important
Item types supported by Auto are photos, postcards, business cards, magazines,
newspapers, documents, and BD/DVD/CD.
To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan
correctly with Auto.
A4 size photos
Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such
as paperback pages with the spine cut off
Items printed on thin white paper
Long narrow items such as panoramic photos
Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items
may not be scanned correctly.
Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.
Note
To convert text in the image into text data after scanning, specify Select Source
instead of selecting Auto.
To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine.
•Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
Note
Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto.
•Paper Size
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears.
Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
Note
Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.
Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the
specified settings to the default settings.
476
•Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Note
Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.
Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application
Settings.
•Image Processing Settings
Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.
When Select Source is Auto
•Apply recommended image correction
Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
Important
The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that
case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
When Select Source is Photo
Important
When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not
available.
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
When Select Source is Magazine or Document
Note
When Color Mode is Black and White, only Reduce gutter shadow, Correct
slanted text document, and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate
image appear.
•Apply Auto Document Fix
Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better
readability.
477
Important
The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that
case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
•Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
•Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon
where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures
printed with fine dots are scanned.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
•Reduce gutter shadow
Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Note
Use ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter
shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
Refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction" for your model from Home of the Online
Manual for details.
•Correct slanted text document
Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1
to +10 degrees) of the document.
Important
The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text
cannot be detected correctly.
Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the
angles vary by line
Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text
Documents with extremely large or small fonts
Documents with small amount of text
478
Documents containing figures/images
Hand-written text
Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text
document.
•Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image
Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation
of text in the scanned document.
Important
Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document
Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box are supported.
The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or
documents since the text cannot be detected correctly.
Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi
Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with patterned backgrounds
In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in
the Save Settings dialog box.
(2) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto.
Important
When Auto is selected, the save format may differ depending on how you place the
item.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF, PDF
(Multiple Pages), or Auto.
479
Note
Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source.
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
Important
This does not appear when Select Source is Auto.
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to a folder
480
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu.
•Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the image into text data using specified
OCR software.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
481
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box
Click Scan and Stitch on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(Scan and Stitch) dialog box.
In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings for
scanning items larger than the platen.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden,
the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
•Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned.
Scanning photos: Photo
Scanning documents: Document
Scanning magazines: Magazine
482
Note
To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine.
•Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
•Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
•Image Processing Settings
Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.
Important
When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not
available.
When Select Source is Photo
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
When Select Source is Magazine or Document
•Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
•Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
•Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon
where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures
printed with fine dots are scanned.
Note
Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
(2) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
483
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
484
•Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
485
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box
Click ScanGear on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings
(ScanGear) dialog box.
In the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box, you can specify how to save images when
scanning items by starting ScanGear (scanner driver) and how to respond after saving
them.
(1) Save Settings Area
(2) Application Settings Area
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
486
Note
When PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected, images up to 9600 pixels x 9600
pixels can be scanned.
When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings, or
when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you can select JPEG/Exif,
TIFF, or PNG.
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Enable large image scans
Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB.
Important
When this checkbox is selected, you cannot select Send to an application, Send
to a folder, Attach to e-mail, or Start OCR.
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
Note
When this checkbox is not selected, images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can
be scanned.
•Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
487
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
(2) Application Settings Area
•Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that
allows you to browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the
one specified in Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu.
•Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu.
•Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the image into text data using specified
OCR software.
You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
•Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination
Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
488
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box
Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog box.
In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, you can set the product to use, file size
restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to
save images temporarily.
•Product Name
Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.
If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from
the list.
•E-mail Attachment Size
You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e-mail.
You can select Small (Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows), Medium (Suitable for 800 x
600 Windows), Large (Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows), or No Change.
Important
When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does
not appear.
•Document Language
Select the language for detecting text in images.
•Folder to Save Temporary Files
Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily. Click Browse... to specify the
destination folder.
489
•Instructions
Opens this guide.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
490
Data Format Settings Dialog Box
Display the Data Format Settings dialog box by one of the following operations.
• Click Settings... of Save Settings on each tab of the Settings dialog box
• Click Settings... of Save Settings in the Save Settings dialog box that appears after
scanning with the Check scan results checkbox selected in the Settings dialog box
In the Data Format Settings dialog box, you can set the quality of the images to be saved,
keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and the data format in which to
save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
•Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that
support keyword search.
Note
PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on
the (General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog box are created.
•PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
•Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
•High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your
network/server.
491
Note
When Black and White is set for Color Mode on the (Scanning from a
Computer) tab of the Settings dialog box, PDF files will be saved in Standard even if
High is set.
•Format for Item Detected as Document in Auto Scan
You can specify the data format for automatically saving items detected as documents in
Auto Scan.
•Format for Item Detected as Photo in Auto Scan
You can specify the data format for automatically saving items detected as photos in Auto
Scan.
•Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
492
Save Settings Dialog Box
Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to
display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning.
You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan
results.
Important
After scanning from My Image Garden, the Save Settings dialog box does not appear.
(1) Preview Operation Buttons
(2) Scan Results Area
(3) Save Settings Area
(1) Preview Operation Buttons
• / (Rotate Left 90°)/(Rotate Right 90°)
Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter-clockwise or clockwise.
Select the image you want to rotate, then click (Rotate Left 90°) or (Rotate
Right 90°).
Important
The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans
checkbox is selected in the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box.
493
(2) Scan Results Area
Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. You can change the save order of images
via drag-and-drop. The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails.
(3) Save Settings Area
•File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four
digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
•Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
You cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) in the following cases.
When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen
The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the
Settings (ScanGear) dialog box
Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings (Document
Scan), Settings (Custom Scan), or Settings (ScanGear) dialog box
You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
•Settings...
Click to display the Data Format Settings dialog box in which you can set the quality of
the images to be saved, keyword search of PDF files and their compression type, and
the data format in which to save images scanned with Auto Scan.
•Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify
the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by
selecting Add... from the pull-down menu.
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 8: My Documents folder
Windows 7: My Documents folder
Windows Vista: Documents folder
Windows XP: My Documents folder
494
Image Stitch Window
Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window.
You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the
images back into one image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the
platen.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Thumbnail View Area
(4) Preview Area
Note
The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
•Select Output Size
•B4 (B5 x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately.
•A3 (A4 x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately.
•11 x 17 (Letter x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately.
495
•Full Platen x 2
Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately.
•Scan Direction
•Scan from Left
Displays the first scanned image on the left side.
•Scan from Right
Displays the first scanned image on the right side.
•Scan Image 1
•Start Scanning Image 1
Scans the first item.
•Scan Image 2
•Start Scanning Image 2
Scans the second item.
496
•Adjust cropping frames
You can adjust the scan area in preview.
If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be
saved. If an area is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and
saved.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
•Save
•Save
Saves the two scanned images as one image.
•Cancel
Cancels Stitch scan.
(2) Toolbar
•Toolbar
You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images.
• (Delete)
Deletes the scanned image.
• (Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image.
Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image.
Right-clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image.
497
• (Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• (Invert Vertically)
Rotates the preview image 180 degrees.
• (Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• (Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Thumbnail View Area
•Thumbnail View Area
Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. Appears blank if none has been
scanned.
(4) Preview Area
•Preview Area
Displays the scanned images. You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned
image or check the results of the settings made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons."
•When no image has been scanned
•After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1
498
Scanning with Application Software that You are Using (ScanGear)
•What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
•Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
•Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
•Scanning in Basic Mode
•Scanning in Advanced Mode
• Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
•Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
•Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
•ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
•Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
•Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
•General Notes (Scanner Driver)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
500
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. It enables you to specify the output
size and make image corrections when scanning.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface
called TWAIN. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
What You Can Do with This Software
This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size, etc. when
scanning documents. It is useful when you want to scan in a specific color tone, as it allows you to make
various corrections and adjust brightness, contrast, etc.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes by clicking a tab on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps ( , , and
).
501
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone,
etc. when scanning.
502
Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner
Driver)
•Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
•Scanning in Basic Mode
•Scanning in Advanced Mode
• Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
•Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
503
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. ScanGear
can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible
model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection.
Starting IJ Scan Utility
Follow these steps to start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
Refer to "Starting IJ Scan Utility" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to start IJ
Scan Utility.
2. Click ScanGear in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from an Application
Follow these steps (example) to start ScanGear from an application.
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, refer to the application's manual.
1. Start the application.
2. On the menu of the application, select the machine.
Note
• When you want to use a network compatible model by connecting to a network, select one with
"Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Select the command to scan a document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
504
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on-screen steps.
Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple
documents at one time from the Platen.
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), documents are scanned without preview.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
• Photos that have a whitish background
• Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, etc.
• Thin documents
• Thick documents
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly.
• Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
• Photos that have been cut to various shapes
Note
• When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning, you can scan both sides of the documents
automatically from the ADF.
1. Place the document on the Platen or ADF, then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen or ADF.
505
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the
application's manual.
Note
• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
•Preview is not displayed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source.
Note
•Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
Note
•Skip ahead to Step 7 when an ADF type is selected for Select Source.
5. Set Output Size according to purpose.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
6. Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) as required.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
7. Set Image corrections as required.
506
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings
(document type, etc.).
• A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
507
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc.
when scanning.
Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple
documents at one time.
Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode" to scan
multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
• Photos that have a whitish background
• Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, etc.
• Thin documents
• Thick documents
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly.
• Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
• Photos that have been cut to various shapes
1. Place the document on the Platen, then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Click the Advanced Mode tab.
The tab switches to Advanced Mode.
Note
•Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
508
3. Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose.
4. Click Preview.
Preview images appear in the Preview area.
5. Set Output Settings.
6. Adjust the cropping frame (scan area), correct image, and adjust colors as required.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image Settings
Color Adjustment Buttons
7. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings
(document type, etc.).
• A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Advanced Mode Tab
509
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear
(Scanner Driver)
You can scan two or more photos (small documents) on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and
Advanced Mode tab.
This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab.
Important
• To scan multiple documents as a single image, scan in whole image view.
• The following types of documents may not be cropped correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping
frames (scan areas) in whole image view and scan.
• Photos that have a whitish background
• Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, etc.
• Thin documents
• Thick documents
Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly.
• Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
• Photos that have been cut to various shapes
Note
• You can also scan multiple documents at one time from the Advanced Mode tab. Use the Advanced
Mode tab to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
and color tone.
• Refer to the corresponding sections below for details on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab.
Basic Mode Tab
Advanced Mode Tab
1. Place the document on the Platen, then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen.
510
3. Click Preview.
Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area. Cropping frames are specified
automatically according to the document size.
4. Set Destination.
5. Set Output Size according to purpose.
6. Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required.
Note
•You can correct each image separately. Select the frame you want to correct.
•In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image. To create multiple cropping
frames in an image, scan in whole image view.
Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View
511
7. Select the images you want to scan.
Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View
Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan
multiple documents as a single image.
Note
• Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view.
1. After previewing images, click (Thumbnail) on the Toolbar.
Switch to whole image view.
Note
•When the whole image is displayed, the icon changes to (Whole Image).
2. Set Destination.
3. Set Output Size according to purpose.
Invert aspect ratio will be enabled when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible. Click this button
to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
4. Adjust the cropping frames.
512
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image. You can also create two or
more cropping frames.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is
specified, only the portion in the specified area will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
5. Set Image corrections as required.
6. Click Scan.
Areas framed by broken lines are scanned.
Note
• A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
513
Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner
Driver)
•Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.)
•Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
•Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance
•Adjusting Brightness and Contrast
•Adjusting Histogram
•Adjusting Tone Curve
•Setting Threshold
514
Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches,
Fading Correction, etc.)
The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver) allow you to
enhance the outline of the subjects, reduce dust/scratches, and correct faded colors when scanning images.
Setting Items
Click (Arrow) of a function and select an item from the pull-down menu.
Important
• Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone
may be adversely affected.
• Refer to "Image Settings" for details and precautions on each function.
Note
• Refer to "Scanning in Advanced Mode" to start the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear and scan.
Adjusting the image brightness and color tone
Set Image Adjustment to Auto, Photo, Magazine, or Document according to the document type.
None Auto
515
Reducing show-through in text documents or lightening the base color in
recycled paper, newspapers, etc. when scanning documents
Set Reduce Show-through to ON.
OFF ON
Sharpening slightly out-of-focus images
Set Unsharp Mask to ON.
OFF ON
Reducing gradations and stripe patterns
Set Descreen to ON.
OFF ON
516
Note
• Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon
where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine
dots are scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect.
Reducing dust and scratches
Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of dust and
scratches.
None Medium
Correcting photos that have faded with time or due to colorcast
Set Fading Correction to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of fading or colorcast.
None Medium
Reducing graininess
Set Grain Correction to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of graininess.
None Medium
Correcting shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets
Set Gutter Shadow Correction to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of shadows.
None Medium
517
518
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in
ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Basic Mode tab.
Color Adjustment
Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a
specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors.
Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color.
Cyan & red, magenta & green, and yellow & blue are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a
shade of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color
and increasing the complementary color.
It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white, and adjust the colors so
that the portion turns white.
519
Preview image appears in the center. Preview image colors change as you adjust them.
Below is an example of correcting a bluish image.
Since Blue and Green are too strong, click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct.
Before After
Note
•Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames (scan areas) or the frame selected in
thumbnail view.
•You can select multiple frames or cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key.
•You can also select a color tone from the color pattern displayed on the left of the Color Pattern
screen.
•You can also use this function to add a specific tint to an image. Increase the magenta to add a warm
tint, and increase the blue to add a cool tint.
520
Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance
You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using (Saturation/Color
Balance) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window.
Saturation
Adjust the image's saturation (vividness). You can brighten colors that have faded with time, etc.
Move (Slider) under Saturation to the left to decrease the saturation (darken the image), and to the
right to increase the saturation (brighten the image). You can also enter a value (-127 to 127).
Saturation decreased Original image Saturation increased
Note
• The natural color tone of the original image may be lost if you increase saturation too much.
Color Balance
Adjust images that have a colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire
picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors.
521
Move (Slider) under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color.
Cyan & Red
Magenta & Green
Yellow & Blue
These are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed). You can
reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary
color.
It is usually difficult to correct the image completely by adjusting only one color pair. It is recommended
that you find a portion in the image where it should be white, and adjust all three color pairs so that the
portion turns white.
You can also enter a value (-127 to 127).
Below is an example of an image in which the "Cyan & Red" pair has been adjusted.
Cyan is increased Red is increased
522
Adjusting Brightness and Contrast
You can adjust images that are too dark or bright, or too flat due to lack of contrast by using
(Brightness/Contrast) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab.
Note
• Click (Down arrow) to switch to detailed view. Click (Up arrow) to return to the previous view.
• Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window.
Channel
Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These
colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel."
Master
Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined.
Red
Adjust the Red channel.
Green
Adjust the Green channel.
Blue
Adjust the Blue channel.
Note
• Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale.
523
Brightness
Adjust the image brightness.
Move (Slider) under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image. You can also
enter a value (-127 to 127).
Darkened Original image Brightened
Note
• Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much, and shadows may be lost if you darken
the image too much.
Contrast
"Contrast" is the degree of difference between the brighter and darker parts of an image. Increasing
contrast will increase the difference, thus sharpening the image. Decreasing contrast will decrease the
difference, thus softening the image.
Move (Slider) under Contrast to the left to decrease and right to increase the contrast of the image.
You can also enter a value (-127 to 127).
Decreased contrast Original image Increased contrast
Note
• Increasing the contrast is effective in adding a three-dimensional feel to soft images. However,
shadows and highlights may be lost if you increase the contrast too much.
524
Adjusting Histogram
You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph (histogram) showing brightness distribution, via
(Histogram) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window.
Channel
Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These
colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel."
Master
Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined.
Red
Adjust the Red channel.
Green
Adjust the Green channel.
Blue
Adjust the Blue channel.
Note
• Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale.
Reading Histograms
You can see the histogram of a specified area for each Channel. The higher the histogram peak, the
more data is distributed to that level.
525
(1) Bright area (2) Dark area (3) Whole image
More data is distributed to the
highlight side.
More data is distributed to the
shadow side.
Data is widely distributed between the
highlight and shadow.
Adjusting Histograms (Using the Slider)
Select a Channel, then move (Black-point Slider) or (White-point Slider) to specify the level to be
set as the shadow or highlight.
• All parts to the left of (Black-point Slider) will be black (level 0).
• The parts at (Mid-point Slider) will turn to the color exactly between the black-point and white-
point.
• All parts to the right of (White-point Slider) will turn white (level 255).
When Image Adjustment is set to anything but None, the adjustments shown below are performed
automatically.
Moving the Black-point and White-point Sliders
Move the Black-point Slider or White-point Slider to adjust brightness.
Images with more data distributed to the highlight side
Move the Black-point Slider toward the highlight side.
Images with more data distributed to the shadow side
Move the White-point Slider toward the shadow side.
Images with widely distributed data
Move the Black-point Slider toward the highlight side, and White-point Slider toward the shadow side.
526
Moving the Mid-point Slider
Move the Mid-point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range.
Images with more data distributed to the highlight side
Move the Mid-point Slider toward the highlight side.
Images with more data distributed to the shadow side
Move the Mid-point Slider toward the shadow side.
Adjusting Histograms (Using the Droppers)
When you select a Channel and click the Black-point, Mid-point, or White-point Dropper, the mouse
pointer on the preview image changes to a dropper. Click a Dropper displayed below the histogram to
change the setting.
• The point clicked with (Black-point Dropper) will be the darkest point. You can also enter a value
(0 to 245).
• The point clicked with (Mid-point Dropper) will be the middle of the tonal range. You can also
enter a value (5 to 250).
527
• The point clicked with (White-point Dropper) will be the brightest point. You can also enter a
value (10 to 255).
• Click (Dropper) for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview
image.
The clicked point will be set as the achromatic color reference, and the rest of the image is adjusted
accordingly. For instance, if snow in a photo appears bluish, click the bluish part to adjust the whole image
and reproduce natural colors.
528
Adjusting Tone Curve
You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance
of tone input and output, via (Tone Curve Settings) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode
tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window.
Channel
Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These
colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel."
Master
Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined.
Red
Adjust the Red channel.
Green
Adjust the Green channel.
Blue
Adjust the Blue channel.
Note
• Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale.
Reading Tone Curves
With ScanGear, scanning images via a scanner is the input, and displaying to a monitor is the output.
"Tone Curve" shows the balance of tone input and output for each Channel.
529
Adjusting Tone Curve
In Select Tone Curve, select a tone curve from No correction, Overexposure, Underexposure, High
contrast, Reverse the negative/positive image, and Edit custom curve.
No correction (No adjustment)
Overexposure (Convex curve)
The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side, resulting in a bright-
toned image when viewed on a monitor.
Underexposure (Concave curve)
The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the shadow of the output side, resulting in a dark-
toned image when viewed on a monitor.
High contrast (S curve)
The highlight and shadow of the input side are enhanced, resulting in a high-contrast image.
Reverse the negative/positive image (Downward-sloping line)
The input and output sides are reversed, resulting in a negative-positive inverted image.
530
Edit custom curve
You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas.
531
Setting Threshold
You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level
via (Threshold) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab.
Note
• This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White.
• Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window.
Adjusting Threshold
The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255. However, in
creating black and white images, all colors are mapped to either black (0) or white (255). "Threshold" is
the borderline value that determines a color as black or white.
Move (Slider) to the right to increase the threshold value and thus increase the black areas. Move the
slider to the left to decrease the value and thus increase the white areas. You can also enter a value (0 to
255).
532
Basic Mode Tab
This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
534
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• If you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
535
Flexible
Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames (scan areas).
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (L, A4, etc.)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of
the selected paper size. You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining
the aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (1024 x 768 pixels, etc.)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will be displayed
and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. You can drag the cropping frame to
enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Opens the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, in which you can specify custom output
sizes. You can select this option when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, you can specify multiple output sizes and save
them at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, then click Add. For Unit, you can select inches or
mm when Destination is Print but you can only select pixels when Destination is Image
display. The name of the added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items
listed in Output Size List.
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, then click Delete. Click Save to
save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
536
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer
to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" (Preferences dialog box).
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
You can adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Allows you to apply corrections to images.
Important
•Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects and scans photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
Reduce gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• For precautions on using this function, refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction."
Color Pattern...
Allows you to adjust the image's overall color. You can correct colors that have faded due to
colorcast, etc. and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
537
Important
• This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Perform Scan
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Preferences...
Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
You can adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
538
Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings (document type, etc.).
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. You can also check the results of the settings
(image corrections, color adjustments, etc.) made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons."
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on the Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images are
displayed. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
•When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
539
• Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
• Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
• Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to zoom in on the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the frame again to return the display to its
non-magnified state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on the Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will
be scanned.
Note
• You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create
one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Basic Mode
540
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
541
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan
area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its non-
magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the frame again to
return the display to its non-magnified state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
Note
•Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
542
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
You can adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
543
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
544
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings (document type, etc.).
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. You can also check the results of the settings
(image corrections, color adjustments, etc.) made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons."
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on the Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images are
displayed. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
• Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
• Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
• Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on the Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will
be scanned.
545
Note
• You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create
one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
546
Input Settings
Input Settings allows you to set the following items:
Select Source
The type of document to be scanned is displayed. To scan from the Platen, select Platen; to scan from
the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), select Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex).
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the
application's manual.
Note
• You can select Document (ADF Duplex) when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning.
Paper Size
Select the size of the document to be scanned. This setting is available in whole image view only.
When scanning both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF, select A4 or Letter.
When you select a size, the Preview area size changes accordingly.
Important
• Some applications have a limit to the amount of scan data they can receive. Available scan range
is as follows.
• 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels or less
• If you change Paper Size after previewing, the preview image will be deleted.
Note
• If you are not sure which size you should select for Paper Size, set Paper Size to Full Platen, then
measure the size of the document and enter the values into (Width) and (Height).
Original Orientation
Set the orientation and stapling side of the documents to scan from the ADF.
547
Click Settings... to open the Orientation dialog box.
Important
• The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document (ADF
Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex).
•Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning.
•Binding Location cannot be specified when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex).
Color Mode
Select how to scan the document.
Color
Select this mode to scan color documents or to create color images. This mode renders the image
in 256 levels (8 bit) of R(ed), G(reen), and B(lue).
Grayscale
Select this mode to scan black and white photos or to create black and white images. This mode
renders the image in 256 levels (8 bit) of black and white.
Black and White
Select this mode to scan photos and documents in black and white. This mode renders the image
in black and white. The contrast in the image is divided at certain levels (threshold level) into black
and white and is rendered in two colors. The threshold level can be set with (Threshold).
Input Size
In thumbnail view, the cropped document size is displayed after preview.
In whole image view, the Paper Size is displayed before preview, and the cropping frame (scan area)
size is displayed after preview.
You can adjust the cropping frame size by entering the values into (Width) and (Height).
Click (Change Aspect Ratio) and change it to (Keep Aspect Ratio) to maintain the aspect ratio
when you specify the cropping frame size.
Important
• Input size settings are available only when Output Size in Output Settings is Flexible. If you
select a size other than Flexible, a cropping frame calculated from Output Size and Output
Resolution is displayed, and its aspect ratio is fixed.
548
Note
• The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size. The minimum size
is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi, scaled at 100 %.
• When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view, the aspect ratio will not be maintained since
the size will be prioritized.
• Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for details on cropping frames.
549
Output Settings
Output Settings allows you to set the following items:
Output Resolution
Select the resolution to scan at.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button, or enter a value in 1 dpi
increments.
Refer to "Resolution" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
When Select Source is Platen:
You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 19200 dpi.
When Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex):
You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 600 dpi.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Select Flexible to set custom sizes or select a size for printing or displaying. Select Add/Delete... to set
custom size and save it as a new output size option.
Flexible
You can specify the output resolution and scale, and adjust the cropping frames (scan areas).
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed,
the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each
frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
550
Note
• To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (Width) and (Height) in
Output Settings or specify a value (by 1 %) for %. Although the maximum value available for
% depends on the Output Resolution, it can be specified for up to 19200 dpi (the maximum
available output resolution).
Paper Size (L, A4, etc.) & Monitor Size (1024 x 768 pixels, etc.)
(Width), (Height), and scale cannot be specified. The preview image will be cropped
according to the selected output size and resolution. The portion within the cropping frame will be
scanned at the size of the selected paper/monitor size. You can drag the cropping frame to
enlarge, reduce, or move it while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Opens the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, in which you can specify custom output sizes.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, you can specify multiple output sizes and save
them at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected, along
with the predefined items.
Adding:
Select Print or Image display for Destination, then enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height,
then click Add. For Unit, you can select inches or mm when Destination is Print but you can only
select pixels when Destination is Image display. The name of the added size appears in Output
Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, then click Delete. Click Save to save
the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels.
Note
• Save up to 10 items for each destination.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the range displayed in the message.
Note
• Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for details on cropping frames.
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" (Preferences dialog box).
551
(Switch Aspect Ratio)
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Data Size
The data size when scanned with the current settings is displayed.
Note
• When the data size exceeds a certain size, the value appears in red. In that case, a warning
message appears when you click Scan. It is recommended that you adjust the settings to reduce
Data Size. To continue, scan in whole image view.
552
Image Settings
Important
• Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone
may be adversely affected.
• Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image.
Note
• Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings.
• Scanning may take longer than usual when you use Image Settings.
Image Settings allows you to set the following items:
Image Adjustment
When Image Adjustment is set, the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized. Images
can be adjusted according to the automatically detected document type or the specified document type.
The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image.
None
Image Adjustment will not be applied.
Auto
Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the document type. It is recommended that
you normally select this setting.
Photo
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos.
Magazine
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines.
Document
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents.
553
Important
• You can set Image Adjustment after preview.
• You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the
Preferences dialog box.
Note
• If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the document type.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set
Image Adjustment to None.
Reduce Show-through
Use this function to reduce show-through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled
paper and other colored paper when scanning documents.
OFF
Show-through will not be reduced.
ON
Select this to reduce show-through in duplex documents or lighten the base color. It is
recommended that you normally select this setting.
Important
•Reduce Show-through can be set when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box and Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment.
Unsharp Mask
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image when scanning photos.
OFF
Unsharp Mask will not be applied.
ON
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image. It is recommended that you normally
select this setting.
Descreen
Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where
uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are
scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect.
OFF
Moire will not be reduced.
ON
Reduces moire. It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
Note
• Even if Descreen is set to ON, some moire effects may remain if Unsharp Mask is set to ON. In
that case, set Unsharp Mask to OFF.
Reduce Dust and Scratches
Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches. Use this function to reduce such
noise.
None
Dust and scratches will not be reduced.
554
Low
Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches. Large ones may remain.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction
process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed.
Important
• This function may not be effective for some types of photos.
Note
• It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials.
Fading Correction
Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast. "Colorcast" is a
phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong
colors.
None
Fading Correction will not be applied.
Low
Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast. This can affect the tone of the image.
Important
• You can set Fading Correction after preview.
• You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the
Preferences dialog box.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Grain Correction
Use this function to reduce graininess (roughness) in photos taken with high-speed or sensitized film.
None
Graininess will not be reduced.
Low
Select this when the photo is slightly grainy.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this when the photo is very grainy. This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the
image.
Important
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
555
Gutter Shadow Correction
Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image, the result will be reflected.
Preview the effects before scanning, as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is
pressed.
Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected.
None
Gutter shadow will not be corrected.
Low
Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting.
Important
• You can set Gutter Shadow Correction after preview.
• Do not place objects that weigh 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) or more on the platen. Also, do not press on the
document with a force exceeding 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg). If you press heavily, the scanner may not work
correctly or you might break the glass.
• Align the document with the edge of the Platen. If not, the shadow will not be corrected properly.
• Shadows may not be corrected properly depending on the document. If the page background is not
white, shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all.
• While scanning, press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview
the scan. If the binding part is not even, the shadow will not be corrected properly.
• How to place the document depends on your model and the document to be scanned.
Note
• Cover the document with black cloth if white spots, streaks, or colored patterns appear in scan
results due to ambient light entering between the document and the Platen.
556
Color Adjustment Buttons
The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones
including adjustments to the image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and
shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve).
Important
• The Color Adjustment Buttons are not available when you select Color Matching on the Color
Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings.
• When you adjust the image via the Color Adjustment Buttons, the results will be reflected in the preview
image.
Click a Color Adjustment Button to set the following items:
(Saturation/Color Balance)
Adjust the saturation (vividness) and color tone of the image. Use this function to brighten colors that
have faded with time or due to colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the
entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors.
Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance
(Brightness/Contrast)
Adjust the brightness and contrast of the image. If the image is too dark or too bright, or if the image
quality is flat due to lack of contrast, you can adjust the levels of brightness and contrast.
Adjusting Brightness and Contrast
558
(Histogram)
A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image. You can
specify the brightest level (highlight) and darkest level (shadow) within an image, cut the levels and
expand the middle of the tonal range of the image.
Adjusting Histogram
(Tone Curve Settings)
Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of
tone input and output. You can make fine adjustments to the brightness of a specific area.
Adjusting Tone Curve
(Final Review)
Make a final check of color adjustments. The final synthesized tone curve and the histogram derived
from the subsequent image processing will be displayed. There are no settings to make in this screen.
• For a color image, select a color in Channel to check either Red, Green, or Blue, or select Master
to check three colors together.
• If you place the cursor on the preview image, the portion will be enlarged and its RGB values (only
L when Color Mode is Grayscale) before and after the adjustments will be displayed.
(Threshold)
Set the boundary (threshold) at which black and white are divided. By adjusting the threshold level, you
can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers.
Setting Threshold
Custom
You can name and save a set of tone curve and threshold settings of the Color Adjustment Buttons.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu; when Color Mode is set to anything but Black and
White, the Add/Delete Tone Curve Settings dialog box opens; when Color Mode is Black and
White, the Add/Delete Threshold Settings dialog box opens.
559
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold
Settings List. Click Save to save.
To delete an item, select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete.
Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List.
You can load and apply the saved tone curve/threshold settings to a preview image. To load the
settings, select the saved item from the pull-down menu.
Note
• Save up to 20 items.
Defaults
Reset all adjustments (saturation/color balance, brightness/contrast, histogram, and tone curve).
560
Preferences Dialog Box
In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to ScanGear (scanner driver) functions via
the Scanner, Preview, Scan, and Color Settings tabs.
Click Preferences... in the ScanGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box.
Scanner Tab
Allows you to set the quiet mode, specify the folder in which to save images temporarily, and set the
music file to play during or at the end of a scan.
Preview Tab
Allows you to select what to do with Preview when ScanGear is started, how to display cropping frames
after previewing images, and the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents.
Scan Tab
Allows you to select what to do with ScanGear after scanning image.
Color Settings Tab
Allows you to select how to adjust color, and specify the monitor gamma value.
561
Scanner Tab
On the Scanner tab, you can specify the following settings.
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Auto Power Settings
You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically.
Click Settings... to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box.
Note
• If the machine is off or bi-directional communication is disabled, a message may appear because
the computer cannot collect the machine status. In that case, click OK to exit ScanGear (scanner
driver).
Auto Power On
Select Enable to turn on the machine automatically when data is received.
Auto Power Off
Specify the amount of time you want to set from the list. When this time lapses without any data
being received, the machine turns off automatically.
Important
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the power does not turn
off automatically even if Auto Power Off is set.
562
Quiet Settings
The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Use this when you wish to
reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night.
Click Settings... to set the quiet mode.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine, the printer driver, or
ScanGear.
No matter how the setting is made, it applies to operations from the operation panel of the machine
or when printing/scanning from a computer, etc.
• Scanning or printing may take longer than usual when this function is used.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine during a specified
period of time.
Set the Start time and End time during which quiet mode is to be activated.
Important
• The time specified in Start time and in End time must be different.
• If your scanner or printer does not support fax functions, quiet mode is not applied to
operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the machine even if the hours are
specified.
Select Folder Where Temporary Files are Saved
Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily. To change the folder, click Browse... to specify
another one.
Sound Settings
You can set the machine to play music during/at the end of a scan.
Select the Play Music During Scanning or Play Sound When Scanning is Completed checkbox,
then click Browse... and specify a sound file.
You can specify the following files.
• MIDI file (*.mid, *.rmi, *.midi)
• Audio file (*.wav, *.aif, *.aiff)
• MP3 file (*.mp3)
563
Calibration Settings
When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON, the scanner will be calibrated every time before
previewing and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images.
Note
• Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF, the scanner may be calibrated automatically in
some cases (such as immediately after you turn the machine on).
• Calibration may take time depending on your computer.
564
Preview Tab
On the Preview tab, you can specify the following settings.
Preview at Start of ScanGear
Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear (scanner driver) is started.
Automatically Execute Preview
ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup.
Display Saved Preview Image
The previously previewed image will be displayed.
The Color Adjustment Button settings, the Toolbar settings, and the Advanced Mode tab settings
are also saved.
None
No preview image will be displayed at startup.
Note
• Select None if you do not want to save the preview image.
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images
Select how to display cropping frames after previewing images.
Execute Auto Cropping on Previewed Images
The cropping frame (scan area) will automatically be displayed in the document size after
previewing.
Display the Last Frame on Previewed Images
A cropping frame of the same size as the last used cropping frame will be displayed after
previewing.
None
No cropping frame will be displayed after previewing.
Cropping Size for Thumbnail View
Select the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents.
565
Larger
Displays 105 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size.
Standard
The standard size.
Smaller
Displays 95 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size.
Note
• When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting, the preview images will be
refreshed and cropped to the new size. As the preview images are refreshed, the color
adjustments and other settings applied to them are reset.
566
Scan Tab
On the Scan tab, you can specify the following settings.
Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
Select what to do with ScanGear (scanner driver) after scanning images.
Close ScanGear automatically
Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed.
Do not close ScanGear automatically
Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed.
Display the dialog to select next action
Select this to open a screen and select what to do when scanning is completed.
Note
• Even if Do not close ScanGear automatically or Display the dialog to select next action is set,
some applications may not support it.
567
Color Settings Tab
On the Color Settings tab, you can specify the following settings.
Color Adjustment
Select one of the following.
Recommended
Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen. It is recommended that you
normally select this setting.
Color Matching
Select this to automatically match the scanner, monitor, and color printer colors, thus reducing time and
trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors.
Source(Scanner)
Select scanner profile.
Target
Select target profile.
Monitor
Select this checkbox to display preview image with optimum correction for monitor.
Defaults
Returns to the default Color Matching settings.
Note
• The Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab are not available when you select
Color Matching.
• This function is available when Color Mode is Color.
None
Select this to disable color correction provided by ScanGear (scanner driver).
568
Note
• Depending on your scanner or printer, this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF
(Auto Document Feeder).
• You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale.
• Color Matching is available when ScanGear, monitor, color management-compliant application (such as
Adobe Photoshop), and printer are set up correctly.
Refer to the corresponding manual for the monitor, printer, and application settings.
Monitor Gamma
By setting the gamma value of a monitor, you can adjust the input data to the brightness characteristics
of the monitor. Adjust the value if your monitor's gamma value does not match the default value set in
ScanGear, and the colors of the original image are not accurately reflected in the monitor.
Click Defaults to return to the default Monitor Gamma value (2.20).
Note
• Refer to the manual of your monitor to check its gamma value. If it is not written in the manual,
contact the manufacturer.
569
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place
items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall
into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square cannot
be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
For Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, or BD/DVD/CD For Magazines, Newspapers, or Documents
Placing a Single Item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area)
of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• Refer to "Loading Originals" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual for details on the
portions in which items cannot be scanned.
570
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a
format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data
format.
Placing Multiple Items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges
(diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and
between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
more than 0.4 inch (1 cm)
Note
• You can place up to 12 items.
• You can place up to four items when the Compress
scanned images upon transfer checkbox is selected
in the Settings dialog box of IJ Scan Utility.
• With network connection, items may not be scanned
correctly when five or more items are placed. In that
case, reduce the number of items placed on the platen
to four or less, then scan again.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are
corrected automatically.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
•Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF. May result in paper jam.
•Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
•Refer to "Originals You Can Load" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on
supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF.
1. Open the document tray.
571
2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the
documents.
Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds.
Note
•When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned in
the correct page order if placed the other way around.
572
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
"Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when
scanning it.
On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab, you can specify cropping frames (scan areas) on the
image(s) displayed in the Preview area of the screen.
When you perform a scan, each area specified with a cropping frame will be scanned as a separate image.
Note
• In whole image view, you can specify multiple cropping frames on the preview image.
• Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window" for your model from Home of the
Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with IJ Scan Utility.
Initial Cropping Frame
In thumbnail view:
No cropping frame is specified. You can drag the mouse over a thumbnail to specify a cropping frame.
In whole image view:
An active cropping frame is automatically specified around the preview image. You can drag the cropping
frame in the Preview area to specify the area.
Note
• You can change the auto crop setting in the Preferences dialog box. Refer to Cropping Frame on
Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" for details.
Cropping Frame Types
(1) Thick cropping frame (rotating or stationary)
Represents a selected cropping frame. Appears only in whole image view. You can select multiple
cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key. Output size, image corrections, and
other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied to all the selected
cropping frames.
(2) Thin cropping frame
In thumbnail view:
Output size, image corrections, and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab
will be applied.
573
In whole image view:
Represents an unselected cropping frame. The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode
tab will not be applied.
Adjusting a Cropping Frame
The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. If you
click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow, the cropping frame will expand or contract
accordingly.
The cursor will change into (Crosshair Arrow) when it is positioned within a cropping frame. Click and
drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame.
Note
• On the Advanced Mode tab, you can specify the cropping frame size by entering the values into
(Width) and (Height) in Input Settings.
• You can rotate a cropping frame 90 degrees by clicking (Switch Aspect Ratio). However,
(Switch Aspect Ratio) is not available when Output Size is Flexible.
Creating Multiple Cropping Frames
In thumbnail view:
You can only create one cropping frame per image.
574
In whole image view:
Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame
in the Preview area. The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame, and the old cropping frame
will be the unselected cropping frame.
You can create multiple cropping frames and apply different scan settings to each cropping frame.
You can also select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key.
If you select multiple cropping frames and change the settings on a tab at the right of ScanGear, the
settings will be applied to all the selected cropping frames.
When you create a new cropping frame, it retains the settings of the latest cropping frame.
Note
• Create up to 12 cropping frames.
• Scanning takes longer than usual when multiple cropping frames are selected.
Deleting Cropping Frames
In thumbnail view:
To delete a cropping frame, click an area outside the cropping frame on an image.
In whole image view:
To delete a cropping frame, select it and click (Remove Cropping Frame) on the Toolbar.
Alternatively, press the Delete key.
575
When there are multiple cropping frames, all the selected cropping frames (active cropping frame and
selected cropping frames) are deleted simultaneously.
576
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanner or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these
steps and scan again.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600
dpi in full-color.
• ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• If you start Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005, you may not be able to
scan using the operation panel of the machine. In that case, restart the computer.
• You cannot scan images with Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005.
Scan with other applications such as IJ Scan Utility.
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
577
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
578
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
"Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the
rest when scanning it.
In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in
the Preview area.
Note
Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for your model from Home of the
Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear (scanner driver).
Initial Cropping Frame
No cropping frame is specified. When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox,
an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area.
You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area.
When you perform a scan, the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be
scanned.
Adjusting a Cropping Frame
The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping
frame. Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame.
The cursor will change into (Crosshair Arrow) when it is positioned within a cropping
frame. Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame.
Deleting Cropping Frames
To delete the cropping frame, deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox.
580
Resolution
The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about
brightness and color. The density of these dots is called "resolution", and resolution will
determine the amount of detail your image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch
(dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm).
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image; the lower the resolution
(value), the less detail.
How to Set the Resolution
You can set the resolution in the following screens.
•IJ Scan Utility
Resolution on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab of the Settings dialog box
•ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Output Resolution in Output Settings on the Advanced Mode tab
Appropriate Resolution Settings
Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image.
Item Type Use Color Mode Appropriate
Resolution
Color photo Copying
(Printing)
Color 300 dpi
Creating a postcard Color 300 dpi
Saving to a computer Color 300 dpi
Using on a website or
attaching to e-mail
Color 150 dpi
Black and white photo Saving to a computer Grayscale 300 dpi
Using on a website or
attaching to e-mail
Grayscale 150 dpi
Text document (document
or magazine)
Copying Color, Grayscale, or
Black and White
300 dpi
581
Attaching to e-mail Color, Grayscale, or
Black and White
150 dpi
Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi
Important
If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is
too large, the processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience
inconvenience such as lack of memory. Set the minimum required resolution according
to the use of the image.
Note
When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it, scan by setting a higher
resolution than the recommended one above.
582
Data Formats
You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most
suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application.
Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS).
See below for the characteristics of each image data format.
PNG (Standard File Extension: .webp)
A data format often used on websites.
PNG is suitable for editing saved images.
JPEG (Standard File Extension: .jpg)
A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images.
JPEG features high compression rates. JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are
saved, and cannot be returned to their original state.
JPEG is not available for black and white images.
TIFF (Standard File Extension: .tif)
A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and
applications.
TIFF is suitable for editing saved images.
Note
Some TIFF files are incompatible.
IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats.
Uncompressed, black and white binary
Uncompressed, RGB (8 bits per channel)
Uncompressed, Grayscale
PDF (Standard File Extension: .pdf)
A data format for electronic documents, developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated.
It can be used on various computers and operating systems, and fonts can be embedded
as well; therefore, people in different environments can exchange the files without being
aware of the differences.
583
Color Matching
"Color Matching" is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between
the original item, the monitor display, and the color printout. On your scanner or printer, the
color tones are adjusted as shown below.
Example: When sRGB is selected as the output profile (target)
Input Profile (Source)
Scanner
ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Output Profile (Target)
sRGB
OS
Application Application
Printer Driver
Monitor Printer
The image's color space is converted from the scanner's color space to sRGB by
ScanGear.
When displaying on a monitor, the image's color space is converted from sRGB to the
monitor's color space based on the operating system's monitor settings and the
application's working space settings.
When printing, the image's color space is converted from sRGB to the printer's color space
based on the application's print settings and the printer driver's settings.
584
Scanning with WIA Driver
You can scan an item from a WIA (Windows Image Acquisition)-compliant application.
WIA is a driver model implemented in Windows XP or later. It allows you to scan items
without using an application.
The procedure varies depending on the application. The following procedures are examples
only.
Refer to the application's manual for details.
Scanning with WIA Driver 2.0
The following is an example of scanning using "Windows Fax and Scan."
1. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Select New on the File menu of "Windows Fax and Scan," then click
Scan....
The scan setting screen appears.
3. Specify the settings.
• Scanners
The currently set product name is displayed. To change the scanner, click
Change... and select the product you want to use.
• Profile
Select Photo (Default) or Documents according to the item to be scanned. To
save a new Profile, select Add profile.... You can specify the details in the Add
New Profile dialog box.
• Source
Select a scanner type.
• Paper size
This setting is not available for your scanner or printer.
• Color format
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
• File type
Select a data format from JPEG, BMP, PNG, and TIFF.
586
• Resolution (DPI)
Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi.
Resolution
• Brightness
Move the slider to adjust the brightness. Move it to the left to darken and right to
brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-100 to 100).
• Contrast
Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the
contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase
the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value
(-100 to 100).
• Preview or scan images as separate files
Select this checkbox to preview or scan multiple images as separate files.
4. Click Preview to preview the image.
The preview image appears on the right.
5. Click Scan.
When scanning is completed, the scanned image appears in the application.
Scanning with WIA Driver 1.0
The following is an example of scanning using "Paint."
1. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Click From scanner or camera from the File menu of Paint. (Select the
command to scan an item in the application.)
3. Select the type of picture according to the item to be scanned.
Select from Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text, and
Custom Settings.
Note
To scan with the values previously set in Adjust the quality of the scanned
picture, select Custom Settings.
587
4. Click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture and set the
preferences as required.
• Brightness
Move the slider to adjust the brightness. Move it to the left to darken and right to
brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127).
• Contrast
Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the
contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase
the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value
(-127 to 127).
• Resolution (DPI)
Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi.
Resolution
• Picture type
Select the type of scan you want for your item.
• Reset
Click to restore the original settings.
5. Click Preview to preview the image.
The preview image appears on the right. Drag to specify the scan area.
6. Click Scan.
When scanning is completed, the scanned image appears in the application.
588
Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only)
You can scan images via the Control Panel of Windows XP using the WIA driver.
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel.
2. Click Printers and Other Hardware > Scanners and Cameras, then
double-click Canon XXX series (where "XXX" is the model name).
The Scanner and Camera Wizard dialog box appears.
3. Click Next.
4. Select Picture type according to the item to be scanned.
Note
To scan with the values previously set in Custom settings, select Custom.
5. Click Custom settings to set the preferences as required.
• Brightness
589
Move the slider to adjust the brightness. Move it to the left to darken and right to
brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127).
• Contrast
Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the
contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase
the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value
(-127 to 127).
• Resolution (DPI)
Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi.
Resolution
• Picture type
Select the type of scan you want for your item.
• Reset
Click to restore the original settings.
6. Click Preview to preview the image.
The preview image appears on the right. Drag to specify the scan area.
7. Click Next and follow the instructions.
590
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly
according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned
correctly.
Important
Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the
objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.
Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Items
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically.
Important
When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner
driver), align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen.
Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm)
square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
For Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, or
BD/DVD/CD
For Magazines, Newspapers, or Documents
Placing a Single Item
Place the item face-down on the platen, with
0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the
edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen
and the item. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Place the item face-down on the platen
and align an upper corner of the item with
the corner at the arrow (alignment mark)
of the platen. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be
scanned.
591
Important
Large items (such as A4 size photos) that
cannot be placed away from the edges/
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may
be saved as PDF files. To save in a format
other than PDF, scan by specifying the
data format.
Placing Multiple Items
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between
the edges (diagonally striped area) of the
platen and items, and between items. Portions
placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
more than 0.4 inch (1 cm)
Note
You can place up to 12 items.
Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or
less) are corrected automatically.
Important
Refer to "Loading Originals" for your
model from Home of the Online
Manual for details on the portions in
which items cannot be scanned.
592